322

2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL
Page 2: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

March 2009

U.S.A

Page 3: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (2,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2008/ 12/ 22

The legend of the GT-R began in May of 1964 in Japan when the affectionately termed “boxy” Skyline passed a Porsche 904 at a hairpin curve on theSuzuka Circuit.

The GT-R legend continued on the Japanese racing circuits and in the sports car world when the GT-R was equipped with a powerful engine and state-of-the-art all-wheel drive system in August of 1989.

A new legend is in the making for the 21st century. The “NISSAN GT-R” is now available worldwide.

During development, the NISSAN GT-R was taken to the Nurburgring in Germany, a racetrack used for performance evaluation benchmarking ofsupercars. While being driven by a professional driver, the GT-R set a record time of 7 minutes 38 seconds even though the road surface of the mostdifficult high-speed corner, the “kesselchen” was wet. The GT-R also handled an endurance test totaling approximately 3,000 miles (5,000 km), settingthe world’s fastest continuous driving lap time of 7 minutes 55 seconds. Additionally, to make sure the GT-R performs off the track as well as it does on thetrack, the vehicle was designed to perform on many types of roads from a scorching freeway to snow swept country roads.

A new legend is born.

The NISSAN GT-R, introducing youto a new genre of supercars

Page 4: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (3,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2008/ 12/ 22

Page 5: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (4,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2008/ 12/ 22

Welcome to the growing family of new NISSANowners. This vehicle is delivered to you withconfidence. It was produced using the latesttechniques and strict quality control.

This manual was prepared to help you under-stand the operation and maintenance of yourvehicle so that you may enjoy many miles(kilometers) of driving pleasure. Please readthrough this manual before operating yourvehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletcontains the warranties covering yourvehicle (whose terms have control overthis Owner’s Manual or any other docu-ment or representation regarding warrantycoverage). The “NISSAN Service and Main-tenance Guide” explains details aboutmaintaining and servicing your vehicle.

Additionally, a separate Customer Care/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will explainhow to resolve any concerns you may havewith your vehicle, as well as clarify yourrights under your state’s lemon law.

Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehi-cle best. When you require any service orhave any questions, they will be glad toassist you with the extensive resourcesavailable to them.

READ FIRST— THEN DRIVE SAFELY

Before driving your vehicle, please read thisOwner’s Manual carefully. This will ensurefamiliarity with controls and maintenance re-quirements, assisting you in the safe operationof your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS FOR SAFETY!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!

. NEVER drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs.

. ALWAYS observe posted speed lim-its and never drive too fast forconditions.

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving and avoid using vehiclefeatures or taking other actions thatcould distract you.

. ALWAYS use your seat belts andappropriate child restraint systems.Pre-teen children should be seatedin the rear seat.

. ALWAYS provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safety

features to all occupants of thevehicle.

. ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man-ual for important safety information.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified. Mod-ification could affect its performance,safety or durability, and may even violategovernmental regulations. See the 2010NISSAN GT-R Warranty Information Book-let for details including applicable exclu-sions.

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

This manual includes information for alloptions available on this model. Therefore,you may find some information that doesnot apply to your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustrations inthis manual are those in effect at the time ofprinting. NISSAN reserves the right to changespecifications or design at any time withoutnotice.

Foreword

Page 6: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (5,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2008/ 12/ 22

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUAL

You will see various symbols in this manual. Theyare used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate a hazard thatcould cause death or serious personalinjury. To avoid or reduce the risk,follow the information and instructionsexactly.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate a hazard thatcould cause minor or moderate perso-nal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk,follow the information and instructionscarefully.

NOTICE

This is used to indicate a hazard thatcould cause damage to property or yourvehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,follow the information and instructions.

If you see the symbol above, it means “Do notdo this” or “Do not let this happen”.

If you see a symbol similar to those above in anillustration, it means the arrow points to the frontof the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to thoseabove indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to thoseabove call attention to an item in the illustration.

This indicates the title and reference page.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

WARNING

Engine Exhaust, some of its constitu-ents, and certain vehicle componentscontain or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductiveharm. In addition, certain fluids con-tained in vehicles and certain productsof component wear contain or emitchemicals known to the State of Cali-fornia to cause cancer and birth defectsor other reproductive harm.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI-SORY

Some vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-teries, may contain perchlorate material.The following advisory is provided: “Per-chlorate Material - special handling mayapply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”

Page 7: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (6,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

*C 2009 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in any form, orby any means, electronic, mechanical, photo-copying, recording or otherwise, without theprior written permission of NISSAN Motor Co.,Ltd.

Page 8: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (7,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2008/ 12/ 22

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

NISSAN CARES ...

Both NISSAN and your GT-R certified NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and yourGT-R certified NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your GT-R certified NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile salesand service needs.

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

However, if there is something that your GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer cannot assist you withor you would like to provide NISSAN directlywith comments or questions, please contact theNISSAN Consumer Affairs Department usingour toll-free number:

For U.S. customers1-866-668-1GTR(1-866-668-1487)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask forthe following information:

— Your name, address, and telephone number

— Vehicle identification number (attached tothe top of the instrument panel on thedriver’s side)

— Date of purchase

— Current odometer reading

— Your NISSAN dealer’s name

— Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to NISSAN with the information onthe left at:

For U.S. customersNISSAN North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canadian customersNISSAN Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5

Page 9: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Page 10: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (1,1)

Table ofContents

Model "R35-D" Edited: 2009/ 3/ 11

GT-R Overview

Illustrated table of contents

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Technical and consumer information

GTR

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Index 10

Page 11: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (1,1)

GT-R specific information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-2Warranty information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-2Maintenance information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-2

GT-R special specification parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-2Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-2Transmission oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-2Differential oil (front and rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-3Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-3Tires and road wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-3Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-3Brake pad and disc rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-3Exhaust muffler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-3Exterior parts (spoiler, etc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-4

GT-R performance optimization services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-4Wheel alignment inspection and adjustment(if necessary) (including tire pressureadjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-4Engine settings (balancing right and left airflow) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-5Transmission settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-5

Precautions before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-5Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off mode . . . . . . . . GTR-5Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-5All-season tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-6

Body repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-6Additional maintenance items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-6

Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-7Recommended fluids and maintenanceinterval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-8Inspection and adjustments of tires,suspension, clutch and brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-9Recommended adjustments for maximumperformance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-11Replenishing coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-11Coolant mixture ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-11Cool down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-12Brake pad break-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-12

GT-R specific vehicle characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-12Refueling precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-12Refueling stops before the tank is full . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-12Gasoline smell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-13Outside temperature display indicates highertemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-13Idle speed is not steady. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-13Engine speed is restricted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-13Boost pressure is restricted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-13Distortion of rear wing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-13Uneven wear of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-13

GT-R Overview

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Page 12: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (2,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Noises are heard while driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-13Cracks on brake pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-15Brake dust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-15

Mechanical Limited Slip Differential (LSD)characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-15

Dual clutch transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-15Transmission operation characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . GTR-17

Page 13: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (4,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

The GT-R is NISSAN’s first supercar categoryvehicle. The GT-R is equipped with specialsystems. These systems are different than thoseused on conventional vehicles to allow for thehigh performance driving characteristics of thisvehicle. Your vehicle should be maintained by aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer. Special skills,knowledge and equipment are necessary toproperly maintain your GT-R.

WARRANTY INFORMATION

Please read this Owner’s Manual carefully,together with your Warranty Information Bookletwhich describes a number of express limitations,exclusions and ways to void your warranty forfailing to follow the instructions contained in thisOwner’s Manual, including, but not limited to:

. Failure to use proper parts, fuel and fluids,

. Driving with the VDC off,

. Racing,

. Any competitive driving of any sort whatso-ever,

. Use on a track or driving on any airstrip,

. Modifications, including adding/replacing,reprogramming, attempting to reprogram,altering, disconnecting any computer, con-trol unit or electronic modules,

. Deleting any or all stored information in anycomputer, control unit or electronic module,

. Failure to have required Performance Opti-mization Services performed.

In addition, see your Dunlop/Goodyear andBridgestone tire warranties for specific limita-tions or exclusions for operating summer tiresbelow −208C (−48F).

MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

. Special skills, knowledge and equipment arenecessary to properly inspect and adjust theGT-R engine, transmission, suspension andbrakes to maintain performance. A GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer has the GT-Rcertified technical staff and the specialequipment to properly maintain your GT-R.

. NISSAN recommends maintenance itemsthat require the replacement of parts, engineoil, oil filters and air filters should beperformed by a GT-R certified dealer. Makesure the specified fluids and parts are usedwhen the maintenance is performed.NISSAN also recommends the replacementof parts such as brakes should be performedby a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

NOTICE

Only use the following required fluidsand parts in the GT-R to avoid possiblevehicle damage.

ENGINE OIL

Mobil 1 (0W-40) (100% synthetic oil)

Mobil 1 (0W-40) (100% synthetic) is the factoryfill oil. The VR38 engine with its plasma-sprayedbores was developed using this oil. NISSANcannot ensure proper engine operation anddurability if other 0W-40 synthetic oil is used.If Mobil 1 (0W-40) is not available, Mobil 1(10W-40) (100% synthetic) may be used;however, some performance loss may benoticed. The use of additives is prohibited.

Replace the engine oil and engine oil filter at thesame time.

TRANSMISSION OIL

Genuine NISSAN Transmission Oil R35Special (100% synthetic oil)

The GT-R uses a multiple-disc dual wet clutchtransmission. The specially developed transmis-sion oil maximizes the friction characteristics ofthe clutch and the lubrication of the gearbearings. The use of additives is prohibited.

GTR-2 GT-R Overview

GT-R SPECIFIC INFORMATIONGT-R SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONPARTS

Page 14: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (5,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

DIFFERENTIAL OIL (front and rear)

Castrol SAF-XJ 75W-140 (100% syntheticoil)

The GT-R uses a 1.5-Way mechanical LimitedSlip Differential (LSD) to maximize driving powerunder many operating conditions. Use thespecified differential oil to maximize the perfor-mance of the LSD. Also use the same oil for thefront differential. The use of additives isprohibited.

BRAKE FLUID

Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 SpecialII

Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special II isthe factory fill brake fluid. The Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) unit and other related parts werespecially designed for this brake fluid. NISSANcannot ensure the best performance and properoperation of the vehicle if other brake fluid isused.

TIRES AND ROAD WHEELS

Genuine GT-R tires and road wheels

Use only genuine GT-R tires and road wheels.

The GT-R uses specially designed run-flat tiresand matching road wheels. Use of thesespecially developed tires and wheels providesthe greatest potential for maximum performance.

. Genuine GT-R tires and road wheels helpachieve:

— maximum cornering and braking perfor-mance

— maximum tire durability during accelera-tion

— maximum handling capability during per-formance driving

. Genuine GT-R tires and road wheels helpprovide road holding in the event of de-creasing tire pressure and punctures.

. Genuine GT-R tires and road wheels helpprevent the decrease of straight-runningstability caused by uneven tire wear due tohigh rigidity wheels and wide tires.

SUSPENSION

Genuine GT-R special suspension

Use only genuine GT-R special suspensioncomponents.

The suspension components, such as shockabsorbers, springs and stabilizer are specificallydesigned for the GT-R to provide good driva-bility on many road surfaces.

BRAKE PAD AND DISC ROTOR

Genuine GT-R brake pads and disc rotors

Use only genuine GT-R brake pads and discrotors.

This vehicle is equipped with cross-drilledfloating rotors and radial-mounted six-pistonmonoblock calipers. This helps to achieveexcellent stopping performance and fade-resis-tance. Replace all four sets of brake pads anddisc rotors at the same time to maintainmaximum brake performance.

EXHAUST MUFFLER

Genuine GT-R special exhaust muffler andtrunk carpet.

Use only genuine GT-R special exhaust mufflerand trunk carpet.

The GT-R has high exhaust gas temperatures. Ifnon-GT-R specification parts are used, it ispossible that the muffler will deform and causedamage to the underbody. Also do not removethe trunk carpet from the vehicle for any reason.The carpet insulates the vehicle interior from theheat of the muffler and from the noise of thetransmission.

GT-R Overview GTR-3

Page 15: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (6,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

EXTERIOR PARTS (spoiler, etc.)

Do not modify exterior parts.

The GT-R was developed using a special windtunnel to help make sure the vehicle isaerodynamically balanced. Additionally, the windtunnel was used to help make sure cool air flowsto the brakes, radiator and other components.Additions of non-GT-R specific accessory ex-terior parts can change the air flow over andaround the body. This can affect vehicle balanceand cooling of various systems.

For example, if the front bumper is modified,there is a possibility that brake cooling perfor-mance may be reduced due to the decrease ofthe air flow to the brake system.

NOTICE

Modifications to exterior parts mayaffect engine and transmission coolingperformance which can increase thetemperature in the engine compart-ment. This can affect the operation ordamage parts located in the enginecompartment.

In addition to the regular maintenance recom-mended by NISSAN, the GT-R requires thefollowing special inspections:

. Wheel alignment inspection and adjustment(if necessary) (including tire pressure ad-justment)

. Engine settings (balancing right and left airflow)

. Transmission settings

These inspections are required at the followingintervals:

. 1,000 miles

. 12 months

. 24 months

. 36 months

NOTE:. These inspections will be performed

free of charge for labor at a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer only. Inspec-tions thereafter are recommendedevery 12 months or 12,000 miles(whichever comes first) at the custo-mer’s expense. See the 2010 NISSANGT-R Warranty Information Booklet fordetails.

. Repairs and adjustments involvingparts replacement, etc. determined tobe necessary as a result of theseinspections are performed at the cus-tomer’s expense.

. See the 2010 NISSAN GT-R WarrantyInformation Booklet for significant lim-itations, exclusions and possible void-ing of your warranty resulting fromfailure to have these necessary inspec-tions, repairs and/or adjustments per-formed.

. See the 2010 NISSAN GT-R Service andMaintenance Guide for a detailed ex-planation of the GT-R PerformanceOptimization Services.

WHEEL ALIGNMENT INSPECTIONAND ADJUSTMENT (if necessary)(including tire pressure adjustment)

This vehicle is equipped with a high perfor-mance suspension. The vehicle’s wheel align-ment needs to be measured and adjusted (ifnecessary) by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealeras necessary as the vehicle is driven and thesuspension parts break-in.

GTR-4 GT-R Overview

GT-R PERFORMANCEOPTIMIZATION SERVICES

Page 16: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (7,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

ENGINE SETTINGS (balancing rightand left air flow)

Each cylinder bank of this engine operatesindependently due to the vehicle’s twin turbo-charger design. Each side of the engine mustoperate at the same level of performance. The airflow of each bank must be checked andadjusted as necessary by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

TRANSMISSION SETTINGS

The design of the clutch and transmissionrequires inspection and adjustment of the clutchand shift forks by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer at the recommended intervals. Depend-ing on the driving conditions, more frequentadjustments may be necessary to help maximizevehicle performance.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)OFF MODE

Always make sure the VDC is ON before drivingthe vehicle by checking that the VDC OFFindicator lights on the meter and the VDC set-upswitch are not illuminated. The GT-R is a highperformance vehicle and the VDC must be on/activated to provide proper powertrain operationand intended drivability.

WARNING

. The VDC OFF mode should ONLY beused briefly to help free the vehicleif stuck in snow or mud by tempora-rily stopping operation of the VDCto maintain wheel torque.

. Driving the GT-R with the VDC offmay lead to handling issues relatedto steering maneuvers, acceleration,or deceleration. Moreover, drivingwith the VDC off can result in aninoperative vehicle by causing ser-ious damage to the powertrain,including damage to the TransaxleAssembly including Transfer, Clutch,Gears, Transaxle case and all of itscomponents and other drivetraincomponent(s) by overheating or ex-cessive force.

. Damage to the powertrain or anydrivetrain component(s) that occurswhen there is a record in the VehicleStatus Data Recorder (VSDR) thatthe vehicle was driven with VDC offduring the period when the damagewas incurred is excluded from war-ranty coverage.

See your 2010 Warranty Information Booklet forimportant related information and warrantycoverage exclusions. See also section 2 (page2-28) and section 5 (page 5-42) of this Owner’sManual, “Transmission Clutch TemperatureHigh” and “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)System” for important additional related informa-tion.

SUMMER TIRES

The GT-R summer tires are made from aspecially formulated rubber to maximize thevehicle’s performance capabilities. Performanceof summer tires is substantially reduced whentemperatures are less than 328F (08C) so youmust drive carefully. NISSAN recommends theuse of winter or all-season tires on all fourwheels if you plan to operate your vehicle insnowy or icy conditions when temperatures areless than 328F (08C).

GT-R Overview GTR-5

PRECAUTIONS BEFORE DRIVING

Page 17: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (8,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

WARNING

Never use summer tires when thetemperature is below −48F (−208C) toprevent permanent tread deformationwhich may cause tire damage or tirefailure. This may cause a loss of vehiclecontrol which can result in seriouspersonal injury or death.

ALL-SEASON TIRES

Do not exceed the speed rating of the tire that isinstalled on the vehicle.

The body of the GT-R has been manufacturedon special fixtures utilizing a hybrid structurewith aluminum die cast parts for the frame work.Special skills, information and equipment arerequired to correctly repair the body. Contact aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer if the vehicle isdamaged, such as in a collision, and they willrecommend an appropriate body shop.

Only certified body shops using CELETTE®advanced collision repair equipment are ap-proved by NISSAN for repairing structural bodydamage. Contact a GT-R certified NISSANdealer or NISSAN Consumer Affairs for areferral or list of certified body shops.

The information and specifications in thissection apply only when engaging inperformance driving.

The following information applies only if youengage in performance driving such as drivingyour GT-R for extended periods under thefollowing conditions.

. Higher-RPM (approaching redline) opera-tion

. Frequent high pedal force braking frommoderate and higher speeds

. Frequent throttle activation

. Fast revving throughout the RPM range

In such cases, the following additional main-tenance guidelines apply.

However, you should also carefully readyour 2010 NISSAN GT-R Warranty Informa-tion Booklet for important informationconcerning warranty coverage, limitationsand exclusions.

We recommend that maintenance be performedat a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. NISSAN willonly pay for GT-R Performance OptimizationServices performed at a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.

GTR-6 GT-R Overview

BODY REPAIR ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Page 18: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (9,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

FLUIDS

The information and specifications in thissection apply only when engaging inperformance driving.

. Before driving, check the fluid levels andadjust as necessary using the specified fluidas described under the conditions listed inADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS. If youdo not drive under the conditions listed, referto the 2010 Service Maintenance Guide.

. NISSAN recommends to adjust the engineoil level to be 0.39 in (10 mm) below the Hmark on the engine oil dipstick. Beforechecking the oil level, run the engine until itreaches operating temperature and wait atleast 5 minutes after turning off the engine.Make sure the oil level always remains abovethe L mark.

. Be sure to change the fluids with thespecified fluids after driving.( “RECOMMENDED FLUIDS ANDMAINTENANCE INTERVAL” page GTR-8).

. Fluid temperature can be checked on themulti function display.

— Engine Coolant Temperature

— Engine Oil Temperature

— Transmission Oil Temperature

See the separate Multi Function Display Own-

er’s Manual.

. Adjust the power steering fluid level to the Rmark *5 on the power steering dipstickwhen the fluid temperature is hot or *6when the fluid temperature is cold.

Fluid temperature:

Hot: 122 to 1768F (50 to 808C): between*1 and *5Cold: 32 to 868F (0 to 308C): between *3and *6

GT-R Overview GTR-7

Page 19: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (10,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

RECOMMENDED FLUIDS ANDMAINTENANCE INTERVAL

The information and specifications in this section apply only when engaging inperformance driving.

ITEMS Engine Oil

GT-R SPECI-FIED FLUIDS

Mobil 1 (0W-40)*1

MAINTENANCEINTERVAL

. When the oil temperature staysbelow 2308F (1108C) while driving

Change engine oil and engine oil filter at the sameinterval as Schedule 1 and 2 in the 2010 NISSANGT-R Service and Maintenance Guide section.

. When the oil temperature reachesbetween 2308F (1108C) and 2668F(1308C) while driving

Change engine oil and engine oil filter every 1,800miles (3,000 km).

. When the oil temperature exceeds2668F (1308C) while driving

Change engine oil and engine oil filter immediatelyafter stopping.

ITEMS Transmission Oil

GT-R SPECI-FIED FLUIDS

Genuine NISSAN Transmission Oil R35 Special

MAINTENANCEINTERVAL

. When the oil temperature staysbelow 2308F (1108C) while driving

Change transmission oil at the same interval asSchedule 1 and 2 in the 2010 NISSAN GT-RService and Maintenance Guide section.

. When the oil temperature reachesbetween 2308F (1108C) and 2848F(1408C) while driving

Change transmission oil every 1,800 miles (3,000km).

. When the oil temperature exceeds2848F (1408C) while driving

Change both transmission oil and differential oilimmediately after stopping. Differential oil tempera-ture usually increases concurrently.

GTR-8 GT-R Overview

Page 20: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (11,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

The information and specifications in this section apply only when engaging inperformance driving.

ITEMS Differential Oil (front and rear)

GT-R SPECIFIED FLUIDS Castrol SAF-XJ 75W-140

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL Change differential oil every 1,800 miles (3,000 km).

ITEMS Brake Fluid

GT-R SPECIFIED FLUIDS Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special II*2

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL Change brake fluid every 3,000 miles (5,000 km).

*1: Mobil 1 (0W-40) (100% synthetic) is the factory fill oil. The VR38 engine with its plasma-sprayed bores wasdeveloped using this oil. NISSAN cannot ensure proper engine operation and durability if other 0W-40synthetic oil is used. If Mobil 1 (0W-40) is not available, Mobil 1 (10W-40) (100% synthetic) may be used;however, some performance loss may be noticed.

*2: Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special II is the factory fill brake fluid. The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)unit and other related parts were specially designed for this brake fluid and NISSAN cannot ensure the bestperformance and proper operation of the vehicle if other brake fluid is used.

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTSOF TIRES, SUSPENSION, CLUTCHAND BRAKES

The information and specifications in thissection apply only when engaging inperformance driving.

. Measure and adjust the wheel alignment.

. Check tire wear.

. Check the tire pressure and adjust thepressure as necessary when the tires arecold. ( “Tire pressure” page GTR-11).

. Make sure the tire valve stem cap is installedand that the valve stem is tight.

. Make sure the wheel nuts are tight.( “WHEELS AND TIRES” page 8-28).

. Make sure the drive shaft nuts are tight.

. Secure road wheel balance weights withaluminum tape or equivalent.

GT-R Overview GTR-9

Page 21: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (12,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

. Make sure the tire has not slipped on thewheel causing the assembly to be out ofbalance. The reference marks on the tire andwheel should be aligned. If the referencemarks are not aligned, the tire has slipped onthe wheel. Have the wheels/tires reba-lanced. Make sure the old reference marksare erased and new reference marks areapplied to the wheel and tire. When instal-ling new tires on the wheels, make sure newreference marks are applied to the wheelsand tires.

. Check for the heat deterioration of thebrakes and parts around the brakes.

. NISSAN recommends that the brakes

should be bled before engaging in perfor-mance driving and when replacing the brakefluid. It is recommended that bleeding thebrake be performed when the brake calipersare hot (about 2128F (1008C)).

. Check the engine, transmission, differentialand under the vehicle for oil and coolantleaks.

. Before engaging in performance driving, theclutch clearance may need to be adjusted.See your GT-R certified NISSAN dealer forinformation.

NOTICE

Failure to have the clutch properlyadjusted before performance drivingmay cause the transmission oil tem-perature to increase which may causetransmission damage.

. Check the steering and suspension systemand other links for loose and/or damagedparts before and after driving.

GTR-10 GT-R Overview

Page 22: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (13,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

RECOMMENDED ADJUSTMENTS FOR MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE

The information and specifications in this section apply only when engaging inperformance driving.

Tire pressure

Condition Pressure PSI (kPa)

Starting to drive (Tires are cold) All: 29.0 (200)

Increasing tire pressure (Tires are hot) Front: 39.2 (270), Rear: Not exceeding 37.7 (260)

REPLENISHING COOLANT

The information and specifications in thissection apply only when engaging inperformance driving.

Check the coolant level in the pressurizedcoolant reservoir. Adjust the level so that thefluid is between the MAX and MIN markings. Forthe coolant, use genuine NISSAN Long Lifecoolant. (On delivery of new vehicle, thereservoir is filled to the MIN level. Be sure toreplenish approximately 0.3 to 0.4 US quart (0.3to 0.4 liter) of coolant.)

NOTICE

Do not overfill the coolant. This mayincrease the pressure in the coolingsystem and cause coolant leaks.

COOLANT MIXTURE RATIO

The information and specifications in thissection apply only when engaging inperformance driving.

To maximize vehicle performance, the coolantmixture ratio should be a combination of 30%antifreeze and 70% demineralized or distilledwater for maximum cooling system performanceregardless of ambient temperatures.

If ambient temperatures are anticipated below58F (−158C), make sure a proper mixture ratio of

GT-R Overview GTR-11

Page 23: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (14,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

50% antifreeze and 50% demineralized ordistilled water mix is used.

COOL DOWN

The information and specifications in thissection apply only when engaging inperformance driving.

Cool down the vehicle to help extend the life ofthe vehicle if coolant temperatures are extremelyhigh. Drive the vehicle at 37 to 50 MPH (60 to80 km/h), in 5th or 6th gear for 2 to 3 miles (3 to5 km) and then stop the engine.

BRAKE PAD BREAK-IN

The information and specifications in thissection apply only when engaging inperformance driving.

Break-in procedureNISSAN recommends that a special brake padbreak in procedure be performed before enga-ging in performance driving. Contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer for details.

NOTICE

At the completion of performance driv-ing, all fluid and other adjustmentsshould be returned to the normal fluidspecifications as shown in the “Main-tenance and do-it-yourself” section ofthis manual.

REFUELING PRECAUTIONS

WARNING

Do not attempt to top off the fuel tankafter the fuel pump nozzle shuts offautomatically. Continued refueling maycause fuel overflow, resulting in fuelspray and possibly a fire. The fuel tankis full at the first automatic shutoff.

To maximize vehicle performance, the fuel tank islocated as low as possible to lower the vehiclecenter of gravity. The tank is also divided intotwo parts. This fuel tank design causes higherpressures inside the tank than other vehicles sofuel spillage is possible by trying to top off thefuel tank after automatic shutoff.

REFUELING STOPS BEFORE THETANK IS FULL

The fuel tank pressure is higher when the vehicleis hot. If the vehicle is refueled when the vehicleis hot, the fuel pump may automatically shut offbefore the tank is full. This does not indicate thatthere is a malfunction. Do not attempt to top offthe fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts offautomatically.

This will not happen after the vehicle has cooled.

GTR-12 GT-R Overview

GT-R SPECIFIC VEHICLECHARACTERISTICS

Page 24: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (15,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

GASOLINE SMELL

The fuel temperature is higher when the vehicleis hot. This may cause a gasoline smell from thevehicle. This does not indicate that there is amalfunction. The smell will go away when thefuel temperature has cooled.

OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAYINDICATES HIGHER TEMPERATURE

Heat from the engine compartment, radiator andintercoolers can affect the outside temperaturedisplay. The outside temperature display mayindicate a higher than actual temperature whiledriving or stopped. This is normal.

IDLE SPEED IS NOT STEADY

The idle speed may not be steady when theengine compartment is extremely hot. This isnormal. The engine speed will be steady whenthe engine cools down.

In this case, the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)may come on. After a few driving trips, the MILshould turn off. If the light remains on after a fewdriving trips, have the vehicle inspected by aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

ENGINE SPEED IS RESTRICTED

To help protect the engine, the maximum enginespeed is automatically controlled in the followingconditions:

. Revving the engine with the shift lever in the&P or &N position: The maximum enginespeed is 5,000 RPM

. Revving the engine when the engine oil is ata low (below 378F (08C)) or extremely high(over 2758F (1358C)) temperature: Themaximum engine speed is 4,000 RPM (The&M position will automatically change to the&A position.)

BOOST PRESSURE IS RESTRICTED

To help protect the engine, the boost pressure isautomatically controlled not to increase whenthe engine coolant is at a low or extremely hightemperature.

DISTORTION OF REAR WING

When the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight ona hot day, the center of the rear wing maybecome distorted. This is normal. When thesurface temperature of the rear wing is reduced,the shape of the wing should return to normal.

UNEVEN WEAR OF TIRES

The GT-R is equipped with high performance,low profile, run-flat tires that are optimized forperformance and handling. The life of these tireswill be less than those of tires installed on atypical vehicle, and you are likely to experienceuneven tire wear and tire noise regardless of thetype of tire used.

NOISES ARE HEARD WHILE DRIV-ING

. The GT-R brake pads use material thatprovides a high amount of braking powereven in high temperatures. This material cancause an intermittent screeching noise justbefore the vehicle comes to a stop when thebrakes are gently applied. The noise de-creases as the brake pads wear.

. A screeching noise may be heard when thebrake pedal is depressed:

— When driving the vehicle for the first timein the morning,

— After leaving the vehicle parked forextended periods of time, or

— When the vehicle is damp following rainshowers or washing the vehicle.

These sounds are normal. The noise iscaused when the brake pads absorb moist-ure, and the noise stops after the brake isapplied several times.

GT-R Overview GTR-13

Page 25: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (16,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

. A screeching noise may also be heard whenthe brake pedal is depressed:

— When repeatedly applying gentle brak-ing, especially on a curve at a lowspeed, or

— When the brake rotors have circularscores with the brake temperature high.

WARNING

Follow the instructions below whenparking the vehicle to help prevent thebrake rotor and brake pads from rust-ing together. Failure to follow theinstructions could cause the rotor andpads to rust together. If the rotor andpads rust together, there may be apopping noise and some vibrationwhen the vehicle is driven, a wheelmay not roll correctly, or the brake padscould be damaged. If the pads aredamaged, this may reduce the effec-tiveness of the brake system whichcould cause a collision, serious perso-nal injury or death.

. The GT-R uses brake pad materials thathave high metallic content. The brake padmaterial helps maintain braking performancein a wide range of weather and driving

conditions.

For the first 3,000 miles (5,000 km) of thevehicle’s service life, and for the first 3,000miles (5,000 km) after a brake replacement,the brake pad to brake rotor clearance isvery small. When parking, apply the parkingbrake and move the shift lever to the &Pposition. Idle the engine for more than 20seconds without depressing the brakepedal. This allows the brake pads to moveaway from the rotor so the pad does notcontact the rotor.

Additionally, the brakes must be dry beforeparking the vehicle after driving on wet roadsor after washing the vehicle. If the roads arewet, lightly apply the brakes for a shortdistance before parking the vehicle to drythe brakes. After washing the vehicle, dry thebrakes by driving on a dry road for a fewmiles and apply the brakes normally basedon traffic and road conditions.

The metallic brake pads and brake disc rotormay rust together when the brakes are notapplied:

— If the vehicle is not idled for 20 secondswithout the brakes applied, or if thebrakes are applied when the vehicle isshut off, the rotor and pads can rusttogether, even when the brake pads aredry.

— If the brakes are wet when the vehicle isparked and the parking brake is appliedfor a long time.

Contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer if thebrake pads and brake rotor have rustedtogether.

. To maintain steady braking performance inboth extremely high and low temperatures,the gap between the brake pad and caliperis larger than normal and large-size brakepads are used. When driving over a bump, alight rattling sound may be heard from thebrake pad. This does not indicate that thereis a malfunction.

. When the brake disc rotor undergoesthermal expansion, a ticking noise may beheard from the engaging portion of thewheel and the brake disc rotor. This doesnot indicate that there is a malfunction. Thenoise will reduce when the temperaturedecreases.

. In addition to noise resulting from uneventire wear discussed in the previous section,the GT-R tires are more rigid than a typicalpassenger car tire and are made from aspecially formulated rubber to maximize thevehicle’s performance capabilities. Thesecharacteristics cause the GT-R tires to havemore road noise than a typical passengercar tire. This road noise is normal.

GTR-14 GT-R Overview

Page 26: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (17,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

. Due to the performance capabilities andrequirements of the GT-R, the sequential 6-speed dual clutch transmission is unlike atypical automatic transmission. You will likelyhear mechanical sounds from the transmis-sion, particularly at slow speeds and at idle.This condition is normal.

CRACKS ON BRAKE PAD

The friction material of the GT-R disc brake padis bonded to the pad backing plate morestrongly than conventional brake pads to with-stand the high brake temperatures. The frictionmaterial and backing plate expand due to heat atdifferent rates. Some cracks may be on thesurface of the friction material due to thedifferences in expansion rates and the strongbond between the friction material and backingplate. The cracks do not indicate the brake padsneed to be replaced.

BRAKE DUST

This vehicle is equipped with high performancebrakes, and the characteristics of the brake padmaterial may cause more brake dust than othervehicles. NISSAN recommends a wheel coatingthat helps prevent the brake dust from stickingto the wheels. Contact a GT-R certified NISSANdealer for more details.

MECHANICAL LIMITED SLIP DIF-FERENTIAL (LSD) CHARACTERIS-TICS

The differential oil has a high viscosity and isvery thick when cold. If the vehicle acceleratesfrom a stop with the steering wheel turned incold temperatures, the inner wheel tire may slipand some noise or vibration may be heard. Thisphenomenon is unique to vehicles equippedwith the Limited Slip Differential (LSD). Whenthe steering wheel is returned to the straight-ahead position or the differential oil warms up,the noise and vibration decrease.

The GT-R dual clutch transmission is a newly-developed system that uses an electronicallycontrolled multiple-disc wet clutch attached tothe highly efficient manual transmission. Thistransmission has two driving modes.

. &A position (Automatic gearshift):allows automatic shifting of the manualtransmission.

. &M position (Manual gearshift):allows quick shifting of the manual transmis-sion.

NOTE:. &M position driving is recommended

when driving up hills or acceleratingfrom a stop on a cold morning.

. &M position driving is recommended ifyou feel shift shocks or jerkiness in the

&A position in cold temperatures.

. When starting or driving on a steepuphill grade, shift to the &M positionand operate the paddle shifter to shiftdown to 1st gear similar to a manualtransmission vehicle.

The GT-R dual clutch transmission was devel-oped specifically to maximize vehicle perfor-mance and driving enjoyment. The GT-Rtransmission components were designed usingdifferent engineering standards than typical

GT-R Overview GTR-15

DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION

Page 27: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (18,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

passenger car transmissions. Because of this,the GT-R has different operating characteristics,and various rattle noises may be heard duringsome driving conditions because of the follow-ing items:

. Gear clearances

. Ultralight flywheel

. Dry sump lubrication

These noises do not indicate that there is amalfunction.

GTR-16 GT-R Overview

Page 28: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (19,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

TRANSMISSION OPERATION CHARACTERISTICS

Mechanism Operation characteristics

Base Manual transmission. When the temperature of the transmission is high, the decreased friction from idling and driving at low speeds can cause rattling, shaking

and jarring noises. When the temperature of the transmission decreases, the noise will lessen.. Clattering noises may be heard while shifting.

Multiple disc wet clutch

. When stopping the vehicle with the shift lever in the &R or &A↔&M position, be sure to firmly depress the brake pedal. The vehicle mayslowly move if the brake pedal is not depressed.

. Never depress the brake and accelerator pedals at the same time. Depressing the brake and accelerator pedals at the same time couldcause:

— The engine to stall

— The clutch to overheat

— Transmission damage. To prevent stalling or transmission damage, start in first gear. The &M position second gear can be used to start moving the vehicle only

when reduced torque is necessary on snowy roads or extremely slippery surfaces.. When the vehicle is stopped on a hill, do not hold the vehicle in place by depressing the accelerator pedal. Doing so may cause the clutch

to overheat and result in transmission damage. Use the brakes to prevent the vehicle from moving.

Electronic oil pressurecontrol

The following conditions are caused due to changes in fluid viscosity as a result of temperature changes.. When the transmission fluid is extremely cold or extremely hot, the transmission may feel like it is slipping during shifts or there may be hard

shifts. This is normal. Transmission shifting should return to normal when the transmission fluid returns to normal operating temperatures.. When the transmission fluid temperature is extremely cold, the time required to run a system check may increase. During the system check,

the shift lever must stay in the&P position. Move the shift lever after turning off the system check display. Also, it is normal to hear clickingnoises during the transmission systems check.

Changing modes. The higher shift speeds in the &M position may result in shift shock and jerkiness when starting or shifting.. Quick shifting in the R mode with the transmission in the&M position is available when the engine speed is high. However, the transmission

may shift more slowly when the engine speed is low.

Gear clearancesAppropriate gaps are provided between gears to achieve smooth gear rotation and steady tooth surface lubrication under the high-load drivingcondition. However, this causes a rattling noise.

GT-R Overview GTR-17

Page 29: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (20,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Mechanism Operation characteristics

Ultralight flywheel

. An ultralight flywheel is provided to achieve rapid engine response to the accelerator pedal operation and quick shifting response to thepaddle shifter operation. These are essential for a supercar. However, you may notice a large rattling noise from gears because enginerotation fluctuations become larger while idling.

. Due to changes in engine speed through the operation of the air conditioner, rattling, shaking or jarring noises may be heard when idling ordriving at low speeds.

. Rattling noises may be heard when the engine is started or stopped.

Dry sump lubricationHigh-efficiency dry sump lubrication is provided to achieve low agitation resistance of lubricant oil and allows smooth transmission gear rotationthat contribute to obtain a perfect balance between outstanding driving performance and improved environmental performance. However, youmay notice some rattling noise due to engine rotation fluctuations.

GTR-18 GT-R Overview

Page 30: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (4,1)

0 Illustrated table of contents

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint System(SRS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2

Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2Rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3

Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4Rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5

Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6Cockpit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-7Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-10

Page 31: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (24,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

FRONT1. Seat belt (Page 1-6)

2. Rear seat walk-in lever (P.1-5)

3. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplementalair bag system (P.1-32)

4. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.1-32)

5. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-43)

6. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental airbag system (P.1-32)

7. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)(P.1-37)

8. Front seats (P.1-3)

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

SEATS, SEAT BELTS ANDSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (SRS)

Page 32: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (25,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

REAR1. Rear seats

— Child restraint installation (P.1-14)

2. Child restraint anchor points (for top tether strapchild restraint) (P.1-17)

3. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)system (P.1-16)

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

Page 33: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (26,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

FRONT1. Hood (P.3-17)

2. Windshield wiper and washer (P.2-45, P.8-19)

3. Doors (P.3-2, P.3-4, P.3-8)

4. Outside mirrors (P.3-27)

5. Power windows (P.2-56)

6. Headlight and turn signal (P.2-47, P.8-25)

7. Tires and wheels (P.5-3, P.6-2, P.8-28, P.9-7)

ITEMS GT-R SPECIFIED PARTS

Road wheelGenuine road wheel specific toGT-R

Tire*1 Genuine tire specific to GT-R

Brake pad*2Genuine brake pad specific toGT-R

Brake disc rotor*2Genuine brake disc rotor spe-cific to GT-R

*1: When tire replacement is required, replacing tiresas a set of four with new tires is recommended.However, if a tire is punctured or damaged, it maybe possible to replace only the damaged tire.Determining whether one tire or a complete set oftires should be replaced is based on a number offactors including tire wear and condition. Contactyour GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. They canrecommend if an individual tire or a complete setshould be replaced.

*2: The brake pad and the brake disc rotor must bereplaced as a set of four with new ones.Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special II is thefactory fill brake fluid. The Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) unit and other related parts were speciallydesigned for this brake fluid. NISSAN cannotensure the best performance and proper operationof the vehicle if other brake fluid is used.

0-4 Illustrated table of contents

EXTERIOR

Page 34: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (27,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

REAR1. High-mounted stop light (P.8-25)

2. Trunk (P.3-8, P.3-19)

3. Rear window defroster (P.2-46)

4. Satellite antenna*

5. Rear combination light (P.8-25)

6. Fuel-filler door (P.3-22, P.9-3)

*: Refer to the separate Multi Function DisplayOwner’s Manual.

ITEMS GT-R SPECIFIED FUEL

Fuel

Unleaded premium gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 93 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research octanenumber 98)*1

*1: Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octanerating of at least 93 AKI (Anti- Knock Index) number(Research octane number 98) to maximize vehicleperformance. If 93 AKI number (Research octanenumber 98) premium gasoline is not available, youmay use unleaded premium gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 91 AKI number (Researchoctane number 96), but you may notice a decreasein performance.

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

Page 35: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (28,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

1. Coat hooks (P.2-56)

2. Inside lock knob (P.3-5)

3. Interior light control switch (P.2-58)

4. Map lights (P.2-58)

5. Sun visors (P.3-26)

6. Sunglasses holder (P.2-54)

7. Inside rearview mirror (P.2-60, P.3-26)

8. Center console box (P.2-56)

9. Cup holders (P.2-53)

10. Power window switches (P.2-56)

11. Window lock button (P.2-57)

12. Power door lock switch (P.3-5)

0-6 Illustrated table of contents

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

Page 36: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (29,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

1. Headlight and turn signal switch (P.2-47)

2. Paddle shifters (P.5-13)

3. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)*

4. Meters and gauges (P.2-4)

5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)— MRK (Mark) switch*— Cruise control (P.5-29)

6. Windshield wiper and washer switch (P.2-45)

7. VDC, transmission and suspension set upswitches (P.5-22)

8. Trunk lid release switch (P.3-19)

9. Hood release handle (P.3-17)

10. Intelligent Key port (P.5-10)

11. Horn (P.2-50)

12. Tilting/telescopic steering wheel lever (P.3-25)

13. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-8)

14. Parking brake (P.5-29, P.5-38)

15. Shift lever (P.5-13)

*: Refer to the separate Multi Function DisplayOwner’s Manual.

Illustrated table of contents 0-7

COCKPIT

Page 37: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (30,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

1. Outside mirror control switch (P.3-27)

2. Center dial*

3. Audio system*

4. Heater and air conditioner*

5. Multi function display*

6. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-50)

7. Glove box (P.2-55)

8. Fuse box cover (P.8-22)

9. Power outlet (P.2-52)

10. Rear window defroster switch (P.2-46)

11. CompactFlash card slot (if so equipped)*

12. Front passenger air bag status light (P.1-38)

13. Compact Disc slot*

14. Trunk release power cancel switch (P.3-20)

*: Refer to the separate Multi Function DisplayOwner’s Manual.

0-8 Illustrated table of contents

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Page 38: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (31,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

1. Trip A/B reset switch (P.2-5)

2. Speedometer (P.2-5)

3. Tachometer (P.2-6)/Upshift indicator (P.2-8)

4. Transmission position indicator (P.2-7)

5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-6)

6. ENTER switch (P.2-13)

7. Instrument brightness control switch (P.2-10)

8. Vehicle information display (P.2-10)

9. Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-5)

10. Fuel gauge (P.2-7)

11. NEXT switch (P.2-13)

NOTE:. Meters and gauges will illuminate

when the ignition switch is pushed tothe ON position.

. The needle indicators may moveslightly after the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position. This doesnot indicate that there is a malfunction.

Illustrated table of contents 0-9

METERS AND GAUGES

Page 39: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (32,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-22)

2. Battery (P.8-15)

3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-12)

4. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-12)

5. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-14)

6. Air cleaner (P.8-19)

7. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-13)

8. Radiator filler cap (P.8-9)

9. Coolant reservoir cap (pressure type) (P.8-9)

10. Coolant reservoir (P.8-9)

11. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-15)

ITEMS GT-R SPECIFIED FLUIDS

Engine oil Mobil 1 (0W-40)*1

Transmission oilGenuine NISSAN TransmissionOil R35 Special

Differential oil(front and rear)

Castrol SAF-XJ 75W-140

Brake fluidGenuine NISSAN Brake FluidR35 Special II*2

*1: Mobil 1 (0W-40) (100% synthetic) is the factory filloil. The VR38 engine with its plasma-sprayed boreswas developed using this oil. NISSAN cannotensure proper engine operation and durability ifother 0W-40 synthetic oil is used. If Mobil 1 (0W-40) is not available, Mobil 1 (10W-40) (100%synthetic) may be used; however, some perfor-mance loss may be noticed.

*2: Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special II is thefactory fill brake fluid. The Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) unit and other related parts were speciallydesigned for this brake fluid and NISSAN cannotensure the best performance and proper operationof the vehicle if other brake fluid is used.

0-10 Illustrated table of contents

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Page 40: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (7,1)

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple-mental restraint system

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Pregnant women. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Three-point type seat belt with retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Seat belt extenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14Precautions on child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system(LATCH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16Top tether strap child restraint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17Child restraint installation using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

Child restraint installation using the seat belts . . . . . 1-22Booster seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28

Precautions on booster seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28Booster seat installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30

Supplemental restraint system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32Precautions on supplemental restraint system . . . . . 1-32NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental airbag and roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bag system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats) . . . . . . . . . 1-43Supplemental air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44Supplemental air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44Repair and replacement procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45

Page 41: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (36,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

WARNING

. Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined. Thiscan be dangerous. The shoulder beltwill not be against your body. In anaccident, you could be thrown into itand receive neck or other seriousinjuries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sit

well back in the seat with both feeton the floor and adjust the seatproperly. ( “PRECAUTIONS ONSEAT BELT USAGE” page 1-6)

. After adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securelylocked.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

NOTICE

Make sure the front seatback does notcontact the rear seat when reclining theseat. When the front seat is reclined tothe rearmost position, it may contactthe rear seat. This may cause anindentation in the seatback.

1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SEATS

Page 42: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (37,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

FRONT SEATS

Front power seat adjustmentOperating tips

. The power seat motor has an auto-resetoverload protection circuit. If the motorstops during operation, wait 30 seconds,then reactivate the switch.

. Do not operate the power seat switch for along period of time when the engine is off.This will discharge the battery.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Page 43: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (38,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Seat Adjustment Switch Operation Location

Forward and backward Move the switch *A forward or backward until the desired seat position is obtained.

Driver’s and frontpassenger’s seatsReclining Turn the switch *A forward and backward until the desired seatback angle is

obtained.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizesfor added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit. ( “PRECAUTIONS ONSEAT BELT USAGE” page 1-6)

Also, the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle isstopped and the transmission is in the &P position with the parking brake fully applied.

Seat lifter (front) Push the switch up or down *B to raise or lower the front portion of the seat.

Driver’s seatsSeat lifter (rear) Move the switch *A up or down to raise or lower the rear portion of the seat.

1-4 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Page 44: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (39,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Passenger’s seat slide:Pushing the passenger’s seat slide switch willslide the passenger’s seat forward or backwardto the desired position.

Rear seat walk-inThis feature makes it easier to get in and out ofthe rear seat. Use the following procedure whengetting in and out of the rear seat.

1. Lift up the lever and tilt the seatbackforward.

2. Use the seat adjustment switch *A or thepassenger’s seat slide switch *C to slidethe seat forward to a position where it will beeasier to enter or exit the rear seats. Fold theshoulder belt guide for easier access to therear seat.

3. To return the seat to its original position, liftup the seatback and use the seat adjust-

ment switch to return the seat to its originalposition.

CAUTION

. When returning the seat to itsoriginal position, confirm that theseat and seatback are locked prop-erly.

. Be careful not to pinch your hand orfoot or bump your head when oper-ating the walk-in seat.

NOTICE

Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. They maybe pinched and damaged.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5

Page 45: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (40,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE

If you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright and wellback in your seat with both feet on the floor, yourchances of being injured or killed in an accidentand/or the severity of injury may be greatlyreduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you andall of your passengers to buckle up every timeyou drive, even if your seating position includes asupplemental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts beworn at all times when a vehicle is beingdriven.

1-6 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SEAT BELTS

Page 46: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (41,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be prop-erly restrained in the rear seat and,if appropriate, in a child restraint.

. The seat belt should be properlyadjusted to a snug fit. Failure to doso may reduce the effectiveness ofthe entire restraint system and in-crease the chance or severity ofinjury in an accident. Serious injuryor death can occur if the seat belt isnot worn properly.

. Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across yourchest. Never put the belt behindyour back, under your arm or acrossyour neck. The belt should be awayfrom your face and neck, but notfalling off your shoulder.

. Position the lap belt as low andsnug as possible AROUND THEHIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap beltworn too high could increase therisk of internal injuries in an acci-dent.

. Be sure the seat belt tongue issecurely fastened to the properbuckle.

. Do not wear the seat belt inside outor twisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

. Do not allow more than one personto use the same seat belt.

. Never carry more people in thevehicle than there are seat belts.

. If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition isturned ON with all doors closed andall seat belts fastened, it may in-dicate a malfunction in the system.Have the system checked by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.

. No changes should be made to theseat belt system. For example, donot modify the seat belt, add mate-rial, or install devices that maychange the seat belt routing ortension. Doing so may affect theoperation of the seat belt system.Modifying or tampering with theseat belt system may result inserious personal injury.

. Once a seat belt pretensioner has

activated, it cannot be reused andmust be replaced together with theretractor. See a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

. Removal and installation of thepretensioner system componentsshould be done by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

. All seat belt assemblies, includingretractors and attaching hardware,should be inspected after any colli-sion by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer. NISSAN recommends thatall seat belt assemblies in useduring a collision be replaced un-less the collision was minor and thebelts show no damage and continueto operate properly.

Seat belt assemblies not in useduring a collision should also beinspected and replaced if eitherdamage or improper operation isnoted.

. All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected afterany collision. Always follow therestraint manufacturer’s inspectioninstructions and replacement re-

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7

Page 47: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (42,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

commendations. The child restraintsshould be replaced if they aredamaged.

CHILD SAFETY

Children need adults to help protect them.They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information in thismanual, child safety information is available frommany other sources, including doctors, teachers,government traffic safety offices, and communityorganizations. Every child is different, so be sureto learn the best way to transport your child.

There are three basic types of child restraintsystems:

. Rear facing child restraint

. Front facing child restraint

. Booster seat

The proper restraint depends on the child’s size.Generally, infants (up to about 1 year and lessthan 20 lb (9 kg)) should be placed in rearfacing child restraints. Front facing child re-straints are available for children who outgrowrear facing child restraints and are at least 1 yearold. Booster seats are used to help position avehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can nolonger use a front facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special pro-tection. The vehicle’s seat belts may not

1-8 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Page 48: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (43,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

fit them properly. The shoulder belt maycome too close to the face or neck. Thelap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperlyfitting seat belt could cause serious orfatal injury. Always use appropriatechild restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approved childrestraints for infants and small children.( “CHILD RESTRAINTS” page 1-14)

Also, there are other types of child restraintsavailable for larger children for additional pro-tection.

NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rear seat.According to accident statistics, childrenare safer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat.This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint sys-tem (air bag system) for the front passen-ger. ( “SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM” page 1-32)

InfantsInfants up to at least one year old should beplaced in a rear facing child restraint. NISSANrecommends that infants be placed in childrestraints that comply with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standards or Canadian MotorVehicle Safety Standards. You should choose achild restraint which fits your vehicle and alwaysfollow the manufacturer’s instructions for instal-lation and use.

Small childrenChildren that are over one year old and weigh atleast 20 lb (9 kg) can be placed in a forwardfacing child restraint. Refer to the manufacturer’sinstructions for minimum and maximum weightand height recommendations. NISSAN recom-mends that small children be placed in childrestraints that comply with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standards or Canadian MotorVehicle Safety Standards. You should choose achild restraint that fits your vehicle and alwaysfollow the manufacturer’s instructions for instal-lation and use.

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for child restraintsshould be seated and restrained by the seatbelts which are provided. The seat belt may notfit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in (142.5cm) tall and weighs between 40 lb (18 kg) and80 lb (36 kg). A booster seat should be used to

obtain proper seat belt fit.

NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in acommercially available booster seat if theshoulder belt in the child’s seating position fitsclose to the face or neck or if the lap portion ofthe seat belt goes across the abdomen. Thebooster seat should raise the child so that theshoulder belt is properly positioned across thetop, middle portion of the shoulder and the lapbelt is low on the hips. A booster seat can onlybe used in seating positions that have a three-point type seat belt. The booster seat should fitthe vehicle seat and have a label certifying that itcomplies with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. Once the child has grown so theshoulder belt is no longer on or near the faceand neck, use the shoulder belt without thebooster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in thecargo areas while the vehicle is moving.The child could be seriously injured orkilled in an accident or sudden stop.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9

Page 49: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (44,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

PREGNANT WOMEN

NISSAN recommends that pregnant women useseat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug,and always position the lap belt as low aspossible around the hips, not the waist, andplace the shoulder belt over your shoulder andacross your chest. Never run the lap/shoulderbelt over your abdominal area. Contact yourdoctor for specific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONS

NISSAN recommends that injured persons useseat belts, depending on the injury. Check withyour doctor for specific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times.

. Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined. Thiscan be dangerous. The shoulder beltwill not be against your body. In anaccident, you could be thrown into itand receive neck or other seriousinjuries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive serious

internal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back in the seat with both feeton the floor and adjust the seat beltproperly.

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. ( “SEATS” page 1-2)

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the tongue into the buckle untilyou hear and feel the latch engage.

. The retractor is designed to lockduring a sudden stop or on impact.A slow pulling motion permits thebelt to move, and allows you somefreedom of movement in the seat.

. If the seat belt cannot be pulledfrom its fully retracted position,firmly pull the belt and release it.Then smoothly pull the belt out of

1-10 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Page 50: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (45,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

the retractor.

3. Position the lap belt portion low and snugon the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack. Be sure theshoulder belt is routed over your shoulderand across your chest.

The three-point type seat belts for the frontpassenger and rear seats have two modes ofoperation:

. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

. Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modeallows the seat belt to extend and retract to

allow the driver and passengers some freedomof movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seatbelt when the vehicle slows down rapidly orduring impacts.

The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode orchild restraint mode locks the seat belt for childrestraint installation.

When the ALR mode is activated the seat beltcannot be extended again until the seat belttongue is detached from the buckle and fullyretracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR modeafter the seat belt is fully retracted.( “CHILD RESTRAINTS” page 1-14)

The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During normalseat belt use by an occupant, the ALRmode should not be activated. If it isactivated it may cause uncomfortable seatbelt tension. It can also change the opera-tion of the front passenger air bag.( “Front passenger air bag and statuslight” page 1-38)

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, becertain that seatbacks are completelysecured in the latched position. If theyare not completely secured, passengersmay be injured in an accident or sudden

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11

Page 51: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (46,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

stop.

Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the seat belt, push the button on thebuckle. The seat belt automatically retracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lock seatbelt movement by two separate methods:

. When the belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

. When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the seat belts,check the operation as follows:

. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forwardquickly. The retractor should lock andrestrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this check orif you have any question about seat beltoperation, see a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

1-12 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Page 52: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (47,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Shoulder belt arm (for front seats)Before fastening the seat belt, pull the shoulderbelt arm forward until it clicks at the lockposition. The arm can also be folded down toallow rear seat passengers easier access.

Pulling the arm forward will allow an easy accessto the belt.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position, it isnot possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder beltand fasten it, an extender is available that iscompatible with the installed seat belts. Theextender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm) oflength and may be used for either the driver orfront passenger seating position. See a GT-R

certified NISSAN dealer for assistance if theextender is required.

WARNING

. Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,made by the same company whichmade the original equipment seatbelts, should be used with theNISSAN seat belts.

. Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary usecould result in serious personalinjury in the event of an accident.

. Never use seat belt extenders toinstall child restraints. If the childrestraint is not secured properly, thechild could be seriously injured in acollision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

. To clean the seat belt webbing, apply amild soap solution or any solution recom-mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets.Then, wipe with a cloth and allow the seatbelts to dry in the shade. Do not allow theseat belts to retract until they are completelydry.

. If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt

guide of the seat belt anchors, the seatbelts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulderbelt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

. Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wiresand anchors work properly. If loose parts,deterioration, cuts or other damage on thewebbing is found, the entire seat beltassembly should be replaced.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13

Page 53: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (48,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

. Infants and small children shouldalways be placed in an appropriatechild restraint while riding in thevehicle. Failure to use a child re-straint can result in serious injury ordeath.

. Infants and small children shouldnever be carried on your lap. It is notpossible for even the strongestadult to resist the forces of a severeaccident. The child could be crushedbetween the adult and parts of thevehicle. Also, do not put the sameseat belt around both your child andyourself.

. Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontseat. An inflating front air bag couldseriously injure or kill your child. Arear-facing child restraint must onlybe used in the rear seat.

. NISSAN recommends that the childrestraint be installed in the rear

seat. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when prop-erly restrained in the rear seat thanin the front seat. If you must install afront-facing child restraint in thefront seat. ( “CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING THE SEATBELTS” page 1-22)

. Improper use or improper installa-tion of a child restraint can increasethe risk or severity of injury for boththe child and other occupants of thevehicle and can lead to seriousinjury or death in an accident.

. Follow all of the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for in-stallation and use. When purchasinga child restraint, be sure to selectone which will fit your child andvehicle. It may not be possible toproperly install some types of childrestraints in your vehicle.

. If the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beinginjured in a collision or a suddenstop greatly increases.

. Child restraint anchor points aredesigned to withstand only those

1-14 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

CHILD RESTRAINTS

Page 54: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (49,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

loads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used for adultseat belts or harnesses.

. Adjustable seatbacks should bepositioned to fit the child restraint,but as upright as possible.

. After attaching the child restraint,test it before you place the child init. Push it from side to side whileholding the seat near the LATCHattachment or by the seat belt path.The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm) from sideto side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the belt holds therestraint in place. If the restraint isnot secure, tighten the belt asnecessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. Youmay need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fitin all types of vehicles.

. When your child restraint is not inuse, keep it secured with the LATCHSystem or a seat belt to prevent itfrom being thrown around in case ofa sudden stop or accident.

CAUTION

Remember that a child restraint left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot.Check the seating surface and bucklesbefore placing your child in the childrestraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universal childrestraint lower anchor system, referred to as theLower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren Systemor LATCH. Some child restraints include tworigid or webbing-mounted attachments that canbe connected to these lower anchors.( “CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING LATCH” page 1-18)

If you do not have a LATCH compatible childrestraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used. Ingeneral, child restraints are also designed to beinstalled with the lap portion of a lap/shoulderseat belt. ( “CHILD RESTRAINT INSTAL-LATION USING THE SEAT BELTS” page 1-22)

Several manufacturers offer child restraints forinfants and small children of various sizes. Whenselecting any child restraint, keep the followingpoints in mind:

. Choose only a restraint with a label certifyingthat it complies with Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard 213 or Canadian MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213.

. Check the child restraint in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system.

. If the child restraint is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the child restraintand check the various adjustments to besure the child restraint is compatible withyour child. Choose a child restraint that isdesigned for your child’s height and weight.Always follow all recommended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated. Canadian law requires thetop tether strap on front-facing childrestraints be secured to the designatedanchor point on the vehicle.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15

Page 55: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (50,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

LATCH label location

Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren SYSTEM (LATCH)

Your vehicle is equipped with special anchorpoints that are used with Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren System (LATCH) compa-tible child restraints. This system may also bereferred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatiblesystem. With this system, you do not have to usea vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint.

The LATCH anchor points are provided to installchild restraints in the rear outboard seatingpositions only. Do not attempt to install a childrestraint in the center position using the LATCHanchors.

LATCH lower anchor location

LATCH lower anchor point locationsThe LATCH anchors are located at the rear ofthe seat cushion near the seatback. A label isattached to the seatback to help you locate theLATCH anchors.

WARNING

. Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the locationsshown in the illustration. If a childrestraint is not secured properly,your child could be seriously injuredor killed in an accident.

. The GT-R has seats and seat belts

for four occupants, two in the frontseats and two in the rear seats.Never use the rear console as aseating position or for a child re-straint.

. Child restraint anchor points aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used for adultseat belts or harnesses.

1-16 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Page 56: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (51,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

Installing child restraint LATCH an-chor attachmentsLATCH compatible child restraints include tworigid or webbing-mounted attachments that canbe connected to two anchors located at certainseating positions in your vehicle. With thissystem, you do not have to use a vehicle seatbelt to secure the child restraint. Check yourchild restraint for a label stating that it iscompatible with LATCH. This information mayalso be in the instructions provided by the childrestraint manufacturer.

LATCH rigid attachment

LATCH child restraints generally require the useof a top tether strap. ( “TOP TETHERSTRAP CHILD RESTRAINT” page 1-17)

When installing a child restraint, carefully readand follow the instructions in this manual andthose supplied with the child restraint.( “CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING LATCH” page 1-18)

TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RE-STRAINT

If the manufacturer of your child restraintrequires the use of a top tether strap, it mustbe secured to an anchor point.

WARNING

Child restraint anchor points are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used for adult seat belts orharnesses.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17

Page 57: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (52,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Top tether anchor point locationsAnchor points are located on the rear parcelshelf.

Installing top tether strapFirst, secure the child restraint with the LATCHsystem (rear bench outboard seating positionsonly) or the seat belt, as applicable.

Flip up the anchor cover from the anchor pointwhich is located directly behind the child seat.Position the top tether strap over the top of theseatback and secure it to the tether anchorbracket that provides the straightest installation.Tighten the strap according to the manufac-turer’s instructions to remove any slack.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap child restraint on the rearseat, consult your GT-R certified NISSANdealer for details.

CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING LATCH

WARNING

. Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the locationsshown. If a child restraint is notsecured properly, your child couldbe seriously injured or killed in anaccident. ( “Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren SYSTEM(LATCH)” page 1-16)

. The LATCH anchors are designed towithstand only those loads imposedby correctly fitted child restraints.Under no circumstance are they tobe used for adult seat belts orharnesses.

. Inspect the lower anchors by insert-ing your fingers into the loweranchor area and feeling to makesure there are no obstructions overthe LATCH anchors, such as seatbelt webbing or seat cushion mate-rial. The child restraint will not besecured properly if the LATCH an-chors are obstructed.

Front-facing — step 2

Front-facingFollow these steps to install a front-facing childrestraint using LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions.

1-18 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Page 58: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (53,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Front-facing — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkto make sure the LATCH attachment isproperly attached to the lower anchors.

3. The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback. If theseating position does not have an adjustablehead restraint and it is interfering with theproper child restraint fit, try another seatingposition or a different child restraint.

Front-facing — step 4

4. For child restraints that are equipped withwebbing mounted attachments, remove anyadditional slack from the anchor attach-ments. Press downward and rearward firmlyin the center of the child restraint with yourknee to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

5. If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint. ( “TOP TETHER STRAP CHILDRESTRAINT” page 1-17)

Front-facing — step 6

6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the seat near theLATCH attachment or by the seat belt path.The child restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm) from side to side. Try totug it forward and check to see if the beltholds the restraint in place. If the restraint isnot secure, tighten the belt as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat and test itagain. You may need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fit in all typesof vehicles.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 3

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19

Page 59: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (54,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

through 6.

Rear-facing — step 2

Rear-facingFollow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint using LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions.

Rear-facing — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkto make sure the LATCH attachment isproperly attached to the lower anchors.

1-20 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Page 60: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (55,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Rear-facing — step 3

3. For child restraints that are equipped withwebbing mounted attachments, remove anyadditional slack from the anchor attach-ments. Press downward and rearward firmlyin the center of the child restraint with yourhand to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

Rear-facing — step 4

4. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the seat near theLATCH attachment or by the seat belt path.The child restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm) from side to side. Try totug it forward and check to see if the beltholds the restraint in place. If the restraint isnot secure, tighten the belt as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat and test itagain. You may need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fit in all typesof vehicles.

5. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 3through 4.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21

Page 61: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (56,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

. Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontpassenger seat. Front air bags in-flate with great force. A rear-facingchild restraint could be struck by thefront air bag in a crash and couldseriously injure or kill your child.

. NISSAN recommends that child re-straints be installed in the rear seat.

However, if you must install a front-facing child restraint in the frontpassenger seat, move the passen-ger seat to the rearmost position.Also, be sure the front passenger airbag status light is illuminated toindicate the passenger air bag isOFF. ( “Front passenger air bagand status light” page 1-38)

. The three-point seat belt in yourvehicle is equipped with an Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) modewhich must be used when installinga child restraint.

. Failure to use the ALR mode willresult in the child restraint not beingproperly secured. The restraintcould tip over or otherwise be un-secured and cause injury to the childin a sudden stop or collision.

. A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in the frontpassenger seat.

The instructions in this section apply to childrestraint installation using the vehicle seat beltsin the rear seat or the front passenger seat.

Front-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1

Front-facingFollow these steps to install a front-facing childrestraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rearseat or in the front passenger seat:

1. If you must install a child restraint inthe front seat, it should be placed in afront-facing direction only. Move theseat to the rearmost position. Childrestraints for infants must be used inthe rear-facing direction and thereforemust not be used in the front seat.

2. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions.

1-22 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Page 62: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (57,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

The back of the child restraint should besecured against the seatback. If it is inter-fering with the proper child restraint fit, tryanother seating position or a different childrestraint.

Front-facing — step 3

3. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for belt routing.

Front-facing — step 4

4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt retractoris in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to theEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23

Page 63: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (58,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Front-facing — step 5

5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

Front-facing — step 6

6. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downward and rearward firmly inthe center of the child restraint with yourknee to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while pulling up on the seatbelt.

7. If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint (rear seat installation only). Do notinstall child restraints equipped with a toptether strap to seating positions that do nothave a top tether anchor. ( “TOPTETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT” page1-17)

Front-facing — step 8

8. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the seat near theLATCH attachment or by the seat belt path.The child restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm) from side to side. Try totug it forward and check to see if the beltholds the restraint in place. If the restraint isnot secure, tighten the belt as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat and test itagain. You may need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fit in all typesof vehicles.

1-24 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Page 64: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (59,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

9. Check that the retractor is in the ALR modeby trying to pull more seat belt out of theretractor. If you cannot pull any more beltwebbing out of the retractor, the retractor isin the ALR mode.

10. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 3through 8.

Front-facing — step 11

11. If the child restraint is installed in the frontpassenger seat, push the ignition switch tothe ON position. The front passenger air bagstatus light should illuminate. If thislight is not illuminated. Move the childrestraint to another seating position.Have the system checked by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer. ( “Front pas-senger air bag and status light” page 1-38)

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (childrestraint mode) is canceled.

Rear-facingFollow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rearseat:

1. Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction andtherefore must not be used in the frontseat. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25

Page 65: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (60,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Rear-facing — step 2

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for belt routing.

Rear-facing — step 3

3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt retractoris in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to theEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.

Rear-facing — step 4

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

1-26 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Page 66: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (61,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Rear-facing — step 5

5. Remove any additional slack from the childrestraint; press downward and rearwardfirmly in the center of the child restraint withyour hand to compress the vehicle seatcushion and seatback while pulling up onthe seat belt.

Rear-facing — step 6

6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the seat near theLATCH attachment or by the seat belt path.The child restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm) from side to side. Try totug it forward and check to see if the beltholds the restraint in place. If the restraint isnot secure, tighten the belt as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat and test itagain. You may need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fit in all typesof vehicles.

7. Check that the retractor is in the ALR modeby trying to pull more seat belt webbing outof the retractor. If you cannot pull any moreseat belt webbing out of the retractor, theretractor is in the ALR mode.

8. Check to make sure that the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 3through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraintmode) is canceled.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27

Page 67: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (62,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTERSEATS

WARNING

. Infants and small children shouldalways be placed in an appropriatechild restraint while riding in thevehicle. Failure to use a child re-straint or booster seat can result inserious injury or death.

. Infants and small children shouldnever be carried on your lap. It is notpossible for even the strongestadult to resist the forces of a severe

accident. The child could be crushedbetween the adult and parts of thevehicle. Also, do not put the sameseat belt around both your child andyourself.

. NISSAN recommends that the boos-ter seat be installed in the rear seat.According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seat than inthe front seat. If you must install abooster seat in the front seat, seethe following instructions.( “BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLA-TION” page 1-30)

. A booster seat must only be in-stalled in a seating position that hasa lap/shoulder belt. Failure to use athree-point type seat belt with abooster seat can result in a seriousinjury in sudden stop or collision.

. Improper use or improper installa-tion of a booster seat can increasethe risk or severity of injury for boththe child and other occupants of thevehicle and can lead to seriousinjury or death in an accident.

. Do not use towels, books, pillows or

other items in place of a boosterseat. Items such as these may moveduring normal driving or a collisionand result in serious injury or death.Booster seats are designed to beused with a lap/shoulder belt. Boos-ter seats are designed to properlyroute the lap and shoulder portionsof the seat belt over the strongestportions of a child’s body to providethe maximum protection during acollision.

. Follow all of the booster seat man-ufacturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use. When purchasing abooster seat, be sure to select onewhich will fit your child and vehicle.It may not be possible to properlyinstall some types of booster seatsin your vehicle.

. If the booster seat and seat belt isnot used properly, the risk of a childbeing injured in a collision or asudden stop greatly increases.

. Adjustable seatbacks should bepositioned to fit the booster seat,but as up- right as possible.

. After placing the child in the booster

1-28 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

BOOSTER SEATS

Page 68: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (63,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

seat and fastening the seat belt,make sure the shoulder portion ofthe belt is away from the child’s faceand neck and the lap portion of thebelt does not cross the abdomen.

. Do not put the shoulder belt behindthe child or under the child’s arm. Ifyou must install a booster seat inthe front seat, see the followinginstructions. ( “BOOSTER SEATINSTALLATION” page 1-30)

. When your booster seat is not inuse, keep it secured with a seat beltto prevent it from being thrownaround in case of a sudden stop oraccident.

CAUTION

Remember that a booster seat left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot.Check the seating surface and bucklesbefore placing your child in the boosterseat.

Booster seats of various sizes are offered byseveral manufacturers. When selecting anybooster seat, keep the following points in mind:

. Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213 or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

. Check the booster seat in your vehicle to besure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seatand seat belt system.

. Make sure the child’s head will be properlysupported by the booster seat or vehicleseat. The seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. For example, if alow back booster seat *1 is chosen, thevehicle seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. If the seatback islower than the center of the child’s ears, ahigh back booster seat*2 should be used.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29

Page 69: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (64,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

. If the booster seat is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the booster seatand check the various adjustments to besure the booster seat is compatible withyour child. Always follow all recommendedprocedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

The instructions in this section apply to boosterseat installation in the rear seats or the frontpassenger seat.

BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION

WARNING

NISSAN recommends that boosterseats be installed in the rear seat.However, if you must install a boosterseat in the front passenger seat, movethe passenger’s seat to the rearmostposition.

CAUTION

Do not use the lap/shoulder belt Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) modewhen using a booster seat with theseat belts.

Follow these steps to install a booster seat in therear seat or in the front passenger seat:

1. If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, adjust the seatback so thatit is upright and then move the seat tothe rearmost position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Onlyplace it in a front-facing direction. Alwaysfollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions.

1-30 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Page 70: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (65,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Outboard position

3. The booster seat should be positioned onthe vehicle seat so that it is stable. If it isinterfering with the proper booster seat fit,try another seating position or a differentbooster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt lowand snug on the child’s hips. Be sure tofollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions for adjusting the belt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belttoward the retractor to take up extra slack.Be sure the shoulder belt is positionedacross the top, middle portion of the child’sshoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the

belt routing.

Front seat

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc-tions for properly fastening a seat belt.( “THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR” page 1-10)

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31

Page 71: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (66,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

7. If the booster seat is installed in the frontpassenger seat, push the ignition switch tothe ON position. The front passenger air bagstatus light may or may not illuminatedepending on the size of the child and thetype of booster seat used. ( “Frontpassenger air bag and status light” page1-38)

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important information concern-ing the following systems:

. Driver and passenger supplemental front-impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air BagSystem)

. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag

. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supple-mental air bag

. Seat belt pretensioner

Supplemental front-impact air bag system:The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the head andchest of the driver and front passenger in certainfrontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system can helpcushion the impact force to the chest area of thedriver and front passenger in certain side impactcollisions. The side air bags are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system can helpcushion the impact force to the head of

occupants in front and rear outboard seatingpositions in certain side impact collisions. Thecurtain air bags are designed to inflate on theside where the vehicle is impacted.

These supplemental restraint systems are de-signed to supplement the crash protectionprovided by the driver and passenger seat beltsand are not a substitute for them. Seat beltsshould always be correctly worn and theoccupant seated a suitable distance away fromthe steering wheel, instrument panel and doorfinishers. ( “SEAT BELTS” page 1-6)

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

1-32 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM

Page 72: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (67,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Sit upright and well back.

Sit upright and well back.

WARNING

. The front air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a side impact,rear impact, rollover, or lower se-verity frontal collision. Always wearyour seat belts to help reduce therisk or severity of injury in variouskinds of accidents.

. The front passenger air bag will notinflate if the passenger air bagstatus light is lit or if the frontpassenger seat is unoccupied.( “Front passenger air bag andstatus light” page 1-38)

. The seat belts and the front air bagsare most effective when you aresitting well back and upright in theseat. The front air bags inflate withgreat force. Even with the NISSANadvanced air bag system, if you areunrestrained, leaning forward, sit-ting sideways or out of position inany way, you are at greater risk ofinjury or death in a crash. You mayalso receive serious or fatal injuriesfrom the front air bag if you are upagainst it when it inflates. Always sitback against the seatback and as

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33

Page 73: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (68,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

far-away as practical from the steer-ing wheel or instrument panel. Al-ways use the seat belts.

. The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped withsensors that detect if the seat beltsare fastened. The Advanced Air BagSystem monitors the severity of acollision and seat belt usage theninflates the air bags. Failure toproperly wear seat belts can in-crease the risk or severity of injuryin an accident.

. The front passenger seat isequipped with an occupant classifi-cation sensor (pattern sensor) thatturns the front passenger air bagOFF under some conditions. Thissensor is only used in this seat.Failure to be properly seated andwearing the seat belt can increasethe risk or severity of injury in anaccident. ( “Front passenger airbag and status light” page 1-38)

. Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them insidethe steering wheel rim could in-crease the risk of injury if thesupplemental front air bag inflates.

1-34 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Page 74: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (69,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

WARNING

. Never let children ride unrestrainedor extend their hands or face out ofthe window. Do not attempt to holdthem in your lap or arms. Someexamples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the illustrations.

. Children may be severely injured orkilled when the front air bags, sideair bags or curtain air bags inflate ifthey are not properly restrained.Pre-teens and children should beproperly restrained in the rear seat,if possible.

. Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rearfacing child restraint in the frontseat. An inflating supplementalfront air bag could seriously injureor kill your child. ( “CHILD RE-STRAINTS” page 1-14)

Do not lean against doors or windows.

Do not lean against rear side panels.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35

Page 75: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (70,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Do not lean against doors or windows.

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-plemental air bag and roof-mountedcurtain side-impact supplemental airbag:

. The side air bags and curtain airbags ordinarily will not inflate in theevent of a frontal impact, rear im-pact, rollover or lower severity sidecollision. Always wear your seatbelts to help reduce the risk orseverity of injury in various kindsof accidents.

. The seat belts, side air bags andcurtain air bags are most effectivewhen you are sitting well back andupright in the seat. The side air bagsand curtain air bags inflate withgreat force. Do not allow anyone toplace their hand, leg or face near theside air bag on the side of theseatback of the front seat or nearthe side roof rails. Do not allowanyone sitting in the front seats orrear outboard seats to extend theirhand out of the window or leanagainst the door. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions areshown in the previous illustrations.

. When sitting in the rear seat, do nothold onto the seatback of the frontseat. If the supplemental side airbag inflates, you may be seriouslyinjured. Be especially careful withchildren, who should always beproperly restrained. Some examplesof dangerous riding positions areshown in the illustrations.

. Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere withside air bag inflation.

1-36 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Page 76: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (71,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules(NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System)

3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental airbags

4. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplementalair bags

5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplementalair bag inflators

6. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)

7. Occupant classification system control unit

8. Satellite sensors

9. Seat belt pretensioners

10. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS-TEM (front seats)

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSANAdvanced Air Bag System for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system is designedto meet certification requirements under U.S.regulations. It is also permitted in Canada.However, all of the information, cautionsand warnings in this manual still apply andmust be followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact air bag islocated in the center of the steering wheel. Thefront passenger supplemental front-impact airbag is mounted in the instrument panel abovethe glove box. The front air bags are designed toinflate in higher severity frontal collisions,although they may inflate if the forces in anothertype of collision are similar to those of a higherseverity frontal impact. They may not inflate incertain frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lackof it) is not always an indication of proper frontair bag operation.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System hasdual stage air bag inflators. The system monitorsinformation from the Air bag Control Unit (ACU),seat belt buckle sensors and the occupantclassification sensor (pattern sensor). Inflatoroperation is based on the severity of a collisionand seat belt usage for the driver. For the frontpassenger, the occupant classification sensor isalso monitored. Based on information from the

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37

Page 77: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (72,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

sensors, only one front air bag may inflate in acrash, depending on the crash severity andwhether the front occupants are belted orunbelted. Additionally, the front passenger airbag may be automatically turned OFF undersome conditions, depending on the informationprovided by the occupant classification sensor.If the front passenger air bag is OFF, thepassenger air bag status light will be illuminated(if the seat is unoccupied, the light will not beilluminated, but the air bag will be off). One frontair bag inflating does not indicate improperperformance of the system. ( “Front pas-senger air bag and status light” page 1-38)

If you have any questions about your air bagsystem, contact NISSAN or a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer. If you are considering modifica-tion of your vehicle due to a disability, you mayalso contact NISSAN. Contact information iscontained in the front of this Owner’s Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noisemay be heard, followed by release of smoke.This smoke is not harmful and does not indicatea fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should get freshair promptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the headand chest of the front occupants. They can helpsave lives and reduce serious injuries. However,

an inflating front air bag may cause facialabrasions or other injuries. Front air bags donot provide restraint to the lower body.

Even with NISSAN advanced air bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and the driverand passenger seated upright as far as practicalaway from the steering wheel or instrumentpanel. The front air bags inflate quickly in orderto help protect the front occupants. Because ofthis, the force of the front air bag inflating canincrease the risk of injury if the occupant is tooclose to, or is against, the air bag module duringinflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision.

The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is in the ON position.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

Front passenger air bag status light

Front passenger air bag and statuslight

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designedto automatically turn OFF under someconditions. Read this section carefullyto learn how it operates. Proper use ofthe seat, seat belt and child restraints isnecessary for most effective protection.Failure to follow all instructions in thismanual concerning the use of seats,seat belts and child restraints canincrease the risk or severity of injury inan accident.

1-38 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Page 78: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (73,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Status light:The front passenger air bag status light islocated on the center instrument panel. The lightoperates as follows:

. Unoccupied passenger seat: The isOFF and the front passenger air bag is OFFand will not inflate in a crash.

. Passenger seat occupied by a small adult,child or child restraint as outlined in thissection: The illuminates to indicate thatthe front passenger air bag is OFF and willnot inflate in a crash.

. Occupied passenger seat and the passen-ger meets the conditions outlined in thissection: The light is OFF to indicatethat the front passenger air bag is opera-tional.

Front passenger air bag:The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF when the vehicle isoperated under some conditions as describedbelow as permitted by U.S. regulations. If thefront passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflatein a crash. The driver air bag and other air bagsin your vehicle are not part of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to help reducethe risk of injury or death from an inflating air bagto certain front passenger seat occupants, suchas children, by requiring the air bag to be

automatically turned OFF.

The occupant classification sensor (patternsensor) is in the front passenger seat cushionand is designed to detect an occupant andobjects on the seat. For example, if a child is inthe front passenger seat, the Advanced Air BagSystem is designed to turn the passenger airbag OFF in accordance with the regulations.Also, if a child restraint of the type specified inthe regulations is on the seat, the occupantclassification sensor can detect it and cause theair bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants who areproperly seated and using the seat belt asoutlined in this manual should not cause thepassenger air bag to be automatically turnedOFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF,however, if the occupant does not sit in the seatproperly (for example, by not sitting upright, bysitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwisebeing out of position), this could cause thesensor to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sureto be seated and wearing the seat belt properlyfor the most effective protection by the seat beltand supplemental air bag.

NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil-dren be properly restrained in a rear seat.NISSAN also recommends that appropriatechild restraints and booster seats be properlyinstalled in a rear seat. If this is not possible, theoccupant classification sensor is designed to

operate as described above to turn the frontpassenger air bag OFF for specified childrestraints. Failing to properly secure childrestraints and to use the Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode)may allow the restraint to tip or move in anaccident or sudden stop. This can also result inthe passenger air bag inflating in a crash insteadof being OFF. ( “CHILD RESTRAINTS”page 1-14)

If the front passenger seat is not occupied, thepassenger air bag is designed not to inflate in acrash. However, heavy objects placed on theseat could result in air bag inflation, because ofthe object being detected by the occupantclassification sensor. Other conditions couldalso result in air bag inflation, such as if a child isstanding on the seat, or if two children are on theseat, contrary to the instructions in this manual.Always be sure that you and all vehicleoccupants are seated and restrained properly.

Using the passenger air bag status light, you canmonitor when the front passenger air bag isautomatically turned OFF with the seat occu-pied. The light will not illuminate when the frontpassenger seat is unoccupied.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but thepassenger air bag status light is illuminated(indicating that the air bag is OFF), it could bethat the person is a small adult, or is not sittingon the seat properly.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39

Page 79: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (74,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

If a child restraint must be used in the front seat,the passenger air bag status light may or maynot be illuminated, depending on the size of thechild and the type of child restraint being used. Ifthe passenger air bag status light is notilluminated (indicating that the air bag mightinflate in a crash), it could be that the childrestraint or seat belt is not being used properly.Make sure that the child restraint is installedproperly, the seat belt is used properly and theoccupant is positioned properly. If the passen-ger air bag status light is still not illuminated,reposition the occupant or child restraint in arear seat.

If the passenger air bag status light will notilluminate even though you believe that the childrestraint, the seat belts and the occupant areproperly positioned, the system may be sensingan unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag isOFF). Your GT-R certified NISSAN dealer cancheck that the system is OFF by using a specialtool. However, until you have confirmed withyour dealer that your air bag is working properly,reposition the occupant or child restraint in arear seat.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System andpassenger air bag status light will take a fewseconds to register a change in the passengerseat status. However, if the seat becomesunoccupied, the air bag status light will remainoff.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger airbag system, the supplemental air bag warninglight , located in the meter and gauges areawill blink. Have the system checked by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.

Other supplemental front air bagprecautions

WARNING

. Do not place any objects on thesteering wheel pad or on the instru-ment panel. Also, do not place anyobjects between any occupant andthe steering wheel or instrumentpanel. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and causeinjury if the front air bag inflates.

. Do not place objects with sharpedges on the seat. Also, do notplace heavy objects on the seat thatwill leave permanent impressions inthe seat. Such objects can damagethe seat or occupant classificationsensor (pattern sensor). This canaffect the operation of the air bagsystem and result in serious perso-nal injury.

. Do not use water or acidic cleaners(hot steam cleaners) on the seat.

This can damage the seat or occu-pant classification sensor. This canalso affect the operation of the airbag system and result in seriouspersonal injury.

. Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system componentswill be hot. Do not touch them; youmay severely burn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the supplemental air bag system.This is to prevent accidental infla-tion of the supplemental air bag ordamage to the supplemental air bagsystem.

. Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or front endstructure. This could affect properoperation of the front air bag sys-tem.

. Tampering with the supplementalair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury. Tampering includeschanges to the steering wheel andthe instrument panel assembly byplacing material over the steering

1-40 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Page 80: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (75,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

wheel pad and above the instrumentpanel or by installing additional trimmaterial around the air bag system.

. Modifying or tampering with thefront passenger seat may result inserious personal injury. For exam-ple, do not change the front seats byplacing material on the seat cushionor by installing additional trim ma-terial, such as seat covers, on theseat that is not specifically designedto assure proper air bag operation.Additionally, do not stow any ob-jects under the front passenger seator the seat cushion and seatback.Such objects may interfere with theproper operation of the occupantclassification sensor.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the seat belt system. This mayaffect the front air bag system.Tampering with the seat belt systemmay result in serious personal in-jury.

. Work on and around the front airbag system should be done by aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer. In-stallation of electrical equipment

should also be done by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer. The Sup-plemental Restraint System (SRS)wiring harnesses* should not bemodified or disconnected. Un-authorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should not beused on the air bag system.

. A cracked windshield should bereplaced immediately by a qualifiedrepair facility. A cracked windshieldcould affect the function of thesupplemental air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the front air bag systemand guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this Owner’s Manual.

FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IM-PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGAND ROOF-MOUNTED CURTAINSIDE-IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIRBAG SYSTEM

The front side air bags are located in the outsideof the seatback of the front seats. The curtain airbags are located in the side roof rails. Thesesystems are designed to meet voluntary guide-lines to help reduce the risk of injury to out-of-position occupants. However, all of theinformation, cautions and warnings in thismanual still apply and must be followed.The side air bags and curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate in higher severity sidecollisions, although they may inflate if the forces

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41

Page 81: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (76,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

in another type of collision are similar to those ofa higher severity side impact. They are designedto inflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted. They may not inflate in certain sidecollisions.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper side air bag and curtain airbag operation.

When the side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followedby release of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire. Care should betaken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritationand choking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.

Front side air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force on thechest of the front occupants. Curtain air bagshelp to cushion the impact force to the head ofoccupants in the front and rear outboard seatingpositions. They can help save lives and reduceserious injuries. However, an inflating side airbags and curtain air bags may cause abrasionsor other injuries. Side air bags and curtain airbags do not provide restraint to the lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright as far aspractical away from the side air bags. Rear seatpassengers should be seated as far away aspractical from the door finishers and side roof

rails. The side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate quickly in order to help protect the out-of-position occupants. Because of this, the force ofthe side air bags and curtain air bags inflatingcan increase the risk of injury if the occupant istoo close to, or is against, these air bag modulesduring inflation. The side air bags and curtain airbags will deflate quickly after the collision isover.

The side air bags and curtain air bags operateonly when the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The air bag warning lightwill turn off after about 7 seconds if thesystems are operational.

WARNING

. Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Also, donot place any objects (an umbrella,bag, etc.) between the front doorfinisher and the front seat. Suchobjects may become dangerousprojectiles and cause injury if a sideair bag inflates.

. Right after inflation, several side airbag and curtain air bag system

components will be hot. Do nottouch them; you may severely burnyourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the side air bags and curtain airbags. This is to prevent accidentalinflation of the side air bags andcurtain air bags or damage to theside air bag and curtain air bagsystems.

. Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or side panel.This could affect proper operationof the side air bag and curtain airbag systems.

. Tampering with the supplementalair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury. For example, do notchange the front seat by placingmaterial near the seatback or byinstalling additional trim material,such as seat covers, around the sideair bags.

. Work around and on the side air bagand curtain air bag systems shouldbe done by a GT-R certified NISSAN

1-42 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Page 82: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (77,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

dealer. Installation of electricalequipment should also be done bya GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. TheSRS wiring harnesses* should notbe modified or disconnected. Un-authorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should not beused on the side air bag and curtainair bag systems.

* The SRS wiring harnesses connectorsare yellow and orange for easy identi-fication.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the side air bag andcurtain air bag systems and guide the buyer tothe appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

SEAT BELTS WITH PRETEN-SIONERS (front seats)

WARNING

. The pretensioners cannot be reusedafter activation. They must be re-placed together with the retractorand buckle as a unit.

. If the vehicle becomes involved in afrontal collision but the preten-sioner is not activated, be sure to

have the pretensioner systemchecked and, if necessary, replacedby a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the pretensioners. This is toprevent damage to or accidentalactivation of the pretensioners.Tampering with the pretensionersystem may result in serious perso-nal injury.

. Work around and on the preten-sioners should be done by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer. Installationof electrical equipment should alsobe done by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the preten-sioners.

. If you need to dispose of a preten-sioner or scrap the vehicle, contact aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer. Cor-rect pretensioner disposal proce-dures a re se t fo r th in theappropriate NISSAN Service Man-ual. Incorrect disposal procedurescould cause personal injury.

The pretensioner system activates in conjunc-tion with the supplemental air bag systems.Working with the seat belt retractor, it helpstighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomesinvolved in certain types of collisions, helping torestrain front seat occupants.

The pretensioner is encased with the seat beltretractor. These seat belts are used the sameway as conventional seat belts. When a preten-sioner activates, smoke is released and a loudnoise may be heard. The smoke is not harmful,and it does not indicate a fire. Care should betaken not to inhale it as it may cause irritationand choking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.

After pretensioner activation, load limiters allowthe seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) toreduce forces against the chest.

If any malfunction occurs in the pretensionersystem, the supplemental air bag warning light

will not come on, will flash intermittently orwill turn on for 7 seconds and remain on afterthe ignition switch has been pushed to the ONposition. In this case, the pretensioner may notfunction properly. They must be checked andrepaired. Take your vehicle to the nearest GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the pretensioner systemand guide the buyer to the appropriate sections

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43

Page 83: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (78,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

in this Owner’s Manual.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARN-ING LABELS

Warning labels about the supplemental front-impact air bag and front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag systems are placedin the vehicle as shown in the illustration.

*1 SRS air bag

The warning labels are located on the surface ofthe sun visors.

*2 SRS side-impact air bag

The warning label is located on the side of thepassenger’s side center pillar.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARN-ING LIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning light, display-ing in the instrument panel, monitors thecircuits of the supplemental front-impact air bag,front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bag, roof-mounted curtain side-impact sup-plemental air bag and seat belt pretensionersystems. The monitored circuits include the Airbag Control Unit (ACU), satellite sensors, crashzone sensor, front air bag modules, side air bagmodules, curtain side-impact air bag modules,pretensioners and all related wiring.

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the supplemental air bag warning light illumi-

1-44 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Page 84: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (79,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off.This means the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bag andpretensioner systems need servicing:

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on approximately 7 seconds afterthe ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot come on at all.

Under these conditions, the front air bag, side airbag, curtain air bag or pretensioner systems maynot operate properly. They must be checked andrepaired. Take your vehicle to the nearest GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bagand/or pretensioners will not operate inan accident. To help avoid injury toyourself or others, have your vehiclechecked by a dealer as soon as possi-ble.

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO-CEDURE

The front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bagsand pretensioners are designed to activate on aone-time-only basis. As a reminder, unless it isdamaged, the supplemental air bag warning lightwill remain illuminated after inflation has oc-curred. Repair and replacement of these sys-tems should be done only by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtainair bags, pretensioners and related parts shouldbe pointed out to the person conducting themaintenance. The ignition switch should alwaysbe in the LOCK position when working underthe hood or inside the vehicle.

WARNING

. Once a front air bag, side air bag, orcurtain air bag has inflated, the airbag module will not function againand must be replaced. Additionally,if any of the front air bags inflate,the activated pretensioners mustalso be replaced. The air bag mod-ule and pretensioners should bereplaced by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer. The air bag module andpretensioners cannot be repaired.

. The front air bag, side air bag,curtain air bag and the pretensionershould be inspected by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer if there isany damage to the front end or sideportion of the vehicle.

. If you need to dispose of a supple-mental air bag or a pretensioner orscrap the vehicle, contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer. Correct airbag and pretensioner disposal pro-cedures are set forth in the appro-priate NISSAN Service Manual.Incorrect disposal procedures couldcause personal injury.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45

Page 85: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (10,1)

2 Instruments and controls

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Cockpit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Odometer/twin trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Tachometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Transmission position indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Upshift indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

Vehicle information display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Engine oil level display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Transmission system check display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

Drive computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Current fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Vehicle speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Average fuel consumption and speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Elapsed time and trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Distance to empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Outside air temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Setting (drive computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Warning (drive computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21

Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . 2-23Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23

Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30

Warning display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31Engine oil low pressure warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Engine system warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Shift lever position warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Transmission system warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Transmission oil high temperature warning . . . . . . . . . 2-33Transmission clutch high temperature warning. . . . . 2-33Parking brake release warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Low brake fluid warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) systemwarning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35AWD clutch high temperature warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35Front/rear tire size discrepancy warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35AWD system warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Low tire pressure warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Run-flat tire warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Cruise control system warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Low fuel warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Door/trunk open warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38Low washer fluid warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38

Page 86: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (11,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

No key warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39Operation displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39

Engine start operation indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40Shift “P” warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40“PUSH” warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40Steering lock release malfunction indicator . . . . . . . . . 2-41Intelligent Key insertion indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Intelligent Key removal indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator . . . . . . . . . . 2-42

Security systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Vehicle security system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43

Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Using the wipers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Using the washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46

Rear window defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47

Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Heated seats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51

Turning on the heaters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51Turning off the heaters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51

Power outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53

Cup holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54Door pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56Coat hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56

Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58Interior light control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59

Vanity mirror lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60HomeLink® Universal Transceiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60

Programming HomeLink® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62Operating the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62Programming trouble-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62Clearing the programmed information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button . . . . . . . . 2-63If your vehicle is stolen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63

Page 87: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (82,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

1. Headlight and turn signal switch (P.2-47)

2. Paddle shifters (P.5-13)

3. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)*

4. Meters and gauges (P.2-4)

5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)— MRK (Mark) switch*— Cruise control (P.5-29)

6. Windshield wiper and washer switch (P.2-45)

7. VDC, transmission and suspension set upswitches (P.5-22)

8. Trunk lid release switch (P.3-19)

9. Hood release handle (P.3-17)

10. Intelligent Key port (P.5-10)

11. Horn (P.2-50)

12. Tilting/telescopic steering wheel lever (P.3-25)

13. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-8)

14. Parking brake (P.5-29, P.5-38)

15. Shift lever (P.5-13)

*: Refer to the separate Multi Function DisplayOwner’s Manual.

2-2 Instruments and controls

COCKPIT

Page 88: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (83,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

1. Outside mirror control switch (P.3-27)

2. Center dial*

3. Audio system*

4. Heater and air conditioner*

5. Multi function display*

6. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-50)

7. Glove box (P.2-55)

8. Fuse box cover (P.8-22)

9. Power outlet (P.2-52)

10. Rear window defroster switch (P.2-46)

11. CompactFlash card slot (if so equipped)*

12. Front passenger air bag status light (P.1-38)

13. Compact Disc slot*

14. Trunk release power cancel switch (P.3-20)

*: Refer to the separate Multi Function DisplayOwner’s Manual.

Instruments and controls 2-3

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Page 89: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (84,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

1. Trip A/B reset switch (P.2-5)

2. Speedometer (P.2-5)

3. Tachometer (P.2-6)/Upshift indicator (P.2-8)

4. Transmission position indicator (P.2-7)

5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-6)

6. ENTER switch (P.2-13)

7. Instrument brightness control switch (P.2-10)

8. Vehicle information display (P.2-10)

9. Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-5)

10. Fuel gauge (P.2-7)

11. NEXT switch (P.2-13)

NOTE:. Meters and gauges will illuminate

when the ignition switch is pushed tothe ON position.

. The needle indicators may moveslightly after the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position. This doesnot indicate that there is a malfunction.

2-4 Instruments and controls

METERS AND GAUGES

Page 90: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (85,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

SPEEDOMETER

The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed.

ODOMETER/TWIN TRIP ODOME-TER

The odometer *1 indicates the total distancethat the vehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer *2 indicates thedistance of individual trips.

Changing the displayPress the TRIP A/B RESET switch to changebetween trips &A and &B .

Resetting the trip odometerTo reset a trip, display the trip that you want toreset to zero, then press and hold the TRIP A/BRESET switch for more than 1 second.

NOTE:When the battery is disconnected, thememory for trips &A and &B is erased,and both return to zero.

Instruments and controls 2-5

Page 91: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (86,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates the engine speed inrevolutions per minute (rpm). Do not rev theengine into the red zone *1 .

NOTICE

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear or reduceengine speed. Operating the engine inthe red zone may cause serious enginedamage.

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE

The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem-perature.

The engine coolant temperature is within thenormal range when the gauge needle pointswithin the zone *1 shown in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies with theoutside air temperature and driving conditions.

NOTICE

If the gauge indicates engine coolanttemperature near the hot (H) end of thenormal range, reduce vehicle speed todecrease temperature. If gauge is overthe normal range, stop the vehicle assoon as safely possible. If the engine isoverheated, continued operation of thevehicle may seriously damage the en-gine. ( “IF YOUR VEHICLE OVER-HEATS” page 6-6)

2-6 Instruments and controls

Page 92: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (87,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

FUEL GAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuel levelin the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.

The gauge needle returns to E (Empty) after theignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position.

Refill the fuel tank before the gaugeregisters “E” (Empty).

The low fuel warning will be indicated on thevehicle information display when the fuel tank isgetting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,preferably before the gauge reaches “E”. There

will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank whenthe fuel gauge needle reaches “E”. ( “LOWFUEL WARNING” page 2-37)

The indicates that the fuel-filler door islocated on the passenger’s side of the vehicle.( “FUEL-FILLER DOOR” page 3-22)

NOTE:If the vehicle runs out of fuel, theMalfunction Indicator Light (MIL) maycome on. Refuel as soon as possible. Aftera few driving trips, the light shouldturn off. If the light remains on after a fewdriving trips, have the vehicle inspected bya GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.( “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”page 2-29)

TRANSMISSION POSITION INDICA-TOR

The transmission position indicator indicates thegear positions.

The indicator blinks if it is not possible to shiftthe gear when in the &M position.

Instruments and controls 2-7

Page 93: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (88,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

1. Upshift indicator (green)

2. Upshift indicator (yellow)

3. Upshift indicator (red)

UPSHIFT INDICATOR

When the upshift indicator is set to on, theindicators on the tachometer will illuminate tohelp upshift at a constant engine speed from anygear or to warn the driver of over-revving.

The upshift indicator operates only when theshift lever is in the &M position. This functionconsists of two modes that can be selected onthe vehicle information display: AUTO settingand MANUAL setting.

2-8 Instruments and controls

Page 94: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (89,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

SettingPush the ignition switch to the ON position. Usethe ENTER switch and toggle the vehicleinformation display to show the SETTINGscreen.

Use the NEXT switch and ENTER switchto go to ALERT > UPSHIFT. The current

status of the upshift indicator will be shown onthe UPSHIFT screen. Note that the function isset to AUTO as the factory default setting.

To change the upshift indicator mode, chooseSETTING on the UPSHIFT screen. Set one ofthe following modes by pushing the NEXTswitch , and then push ENTER tocomplete.

. AUTO

. 3,000 to 6,300 RPM (MANUAL)

. OFF

The number will increase by 100 RPM. Toincrease the number by 500 RPM, push andhold the NEXT switch .

ExampleWhen the maximum engine speed isdesired:Set the upshift indicator to AUTO. The yellowindicator illuminates approximately 700 RPMbefore the red zone, and the red indicator

illuminates just before the red zone.

When the maximum engine torque isdesired:Set the figure at 5,200 RPM. The greenindicator starts flashing from approximately4,700 RPM and illuminates at 5,200 RPM.

When breaking-in the vehicle:To help avoid high engine speeds during break-in, set the upshift indicator to less than 3,500RPM. The green indicator starts flashing ap-proximately 500 RPM before the set figure andilluminates from the set figure. ( “BREAK-INSCHEDULE” page 5-34)

NOTE:. There may be a slight difference be-

tween the timing of the upshift indica-tor illumination and the tachometerindication.

. When the battery terminal is discon-nected, the set memory will be erasedand the mode returns to the default.

Instruments and controls 2-9

Page 95: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (90,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CON-TROL

The instrument brightness can be adjustedwhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.Press the switch to adjust the brightness up *1or down *2 . The brightness level is shown onthe vehicle information display.

When the headlights are on, the brightness ofthe interior switches is also adjusted at the sametime.

NOTE:. The instrument brightness can be ad-

justed separately for daytime andnighttime conditions. The adjusted set-

tings are automatically stored.

. When the battery terminal is discon-nected, the set memory will be erasedand the setting returns to the default.

The vehicle information display can display thefollowing information.

. Engine oil level display

. Transmission system check display

. Instrument brightness control level display( “INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CON-TROL” page 2-10)

. Drive computer( “DRIVE COMPUTER” page 2-13)

. Warning display( “WARNING DISPLAY” page 2-31)

. Operation display( “OPERATION DISPLAYS” page 2-39)

. Cruise control display( “CRUISE CONTROL” page 5-29)

2-10 Instruments and controls

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY

Page 96: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (91,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

ENGINE OIL LEVEL DISPLAY

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, the engine oil status before starting theengine is indicated as illustrated.

When the oil level is normal“OIL LEVEL OK” is displayed. Press thedisplayed LEVEL switch to check the oillevel.

NOTE:The engine oil level can be displayed afterthe “OIL LEVEL OK” display turns off orwhile the engine is started and running.( “Maintenance” page 2-19)

When the oil level is lowIf the message shown above is displayed, theengine oil level is low.

Warm up the engine in a level location. After atleast 5 minutes have passed since engine stop,use the engine oil level gauge to check the oillevel. ( “ENGINE OIL” page 8-12)

If the oil level is low, have additional engine oiladded, or the oil changed, at a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

Instruments and controls 2-11

Page 97: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (92,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

NOTICE

If the vehicle is in a location that is notlevel, accurate measurement of the oillevel may not be possible. If “LOW OILLEVEL” is displayed, but the levelshown by the oil level gauge is normal,move the vehicle to a level location andstop the engine. After at least 5 minuteshave passed, open the driver’s door andpush the ignition switch back to ON. Ifthe “LOW OIL LEVEL” message appearsagain, have engine oil added or the oilchanged.

When the oil level sensor malfunc-tion occursIf the message shown above is displayed, theengine oil level sensor may be malfunctioning.

Contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer im-mediately.

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM CHECKDISPLAY

This is displayed after the engine is started whilethe transmission system is being checked. Itturns off after a few seconds.

NOTE:. During the system check, the shift lever

cannot be moved out of the&P position.Operate the shift lever after the systemcheck indicator turns off.

. During winter or at other times whenthe temperature is extremely low,changes in the hydraulic responsecharacteristics may increase the

2-12 Instruments and controls

Page 98: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (93,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

amount of time that is required for thesystem check. During the system check,a thudding operating noise may occuror the engine speed may decrease,however this does not indicate thatthere is a malfunction.

1. ENTER switch

2. NEXT switch

3. Vehicle information display

The drive computer displays the followinginformation:

. Current fuel consumption

. Vehicle speed

. Cruise control

. Average fuel consumption and speed

. Elapsed time and trip computer

. Distance to empty

. Outside air temperature

. Setting

. Warning

The vehicle information display *3 can bechanged when the ignition switch is in the ONposition. Press the ENTER switch *1 tochange the display.

NOTE:. The cruise control display is shown if

cruise control is set. ( “CRUISECONTROL” page 5-29)

. The warning display is not shown ifthere are no conditions to warn thedriver.

. Depending on the driving conditionsand other factors, the displayed valuesmay differ from the actual values.

. The position of the speedometer nee-dle and the speed shown in the vehicleinformation display may slightly differ.

Instruments and controls 2-13

DRIVE COMPUTER

Page 99: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (94,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

CURRENT FUEL CONSUMPTION

The instantaneous fuel economy is displayedafter the start of driving.

VEHICLE SPEED

This displays the vehicle speed while driving.

CRUISE CONTROL

This displays the set cruise control status.

NOTE:The cruise control display is shown ifcruise control is set. ( “CRUISE CON-TROL” page 5-29)

2-14 Instruments and controls

Page 100: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (95,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

AVERAGE FUEL CONSUMPTIONAND SPEED

This displays the average fuel economy andaverage vehicle speed beginning from the timewhen the display was last reset.

To reset the display, press and hold the NEXTswitch for more than 1 second. (Theaverage fuel economy and average vehiclespeed are reset at the same time.)

NOTE:. “ ” is displayed during the first 1/3

mile (500 m) or the first 30 secondsafter a reset.

. The values are updated approximatelyevery 30 seconds.

ELAPSED TIME AND TRIP ODOME-TER

This displays the elapsed time and trip odometerbeginning from the time when the display waslast reset.

To reset the display, press and hold the NEXTswitch for more than 1 second. (Theelapsed time and trip odometer are reset atthe same time.)

Instruments and controls 2-15

Page 101: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (96,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

DISTANCE TO EMPTY

This displays the approximate distance that thevehicle can be driven based on the amount offuel remaining in the fuel tank and the actual fuelconsumption.

NOTE:. If the fuel level is low, the low fuel

warning will be displayed. ( “LOWFUEL WARNING” page 2-37)

. If the vehicle is not refueled after thelow fuel warning appears, the displaywill change to “ ”. This changetiming may become earlier dependingon the driving conditions. This does not

indicate that there is a malfunction.

. The values are updated approximatelyevery 30 seconds.

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE

This displays the outside air temperature.

NOTE:. The outside air temperature may not be

displayed correctly in the followingcases.

— The outside air temperature is low-er than −228F (−308C) or is higherthan 1318F (558C).

— The vehicle is stopped or is drivingat a low speed (less than approxi-mately 12 MPH (20 km/h)).

— The temperature in the enginecompartment is high.

2-16 Instruments and controls

Page 102: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (97,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

. When the outside air temperature islower than 378F (38C), the low outsidetemperature warning will be displayedand “ICY” is indicated on the outsideair temperature display. ( “Lowoutside temperature warning” page 2-18)

SETTING (drive computer)

This is used to set the alert, maintenance andoptional settings.

Use the NEXT switch to select an item,then confirm with the ENTER switch tochange to the corresponding setting screen.

To return to the initial setting screen, press andhold the ENTER switch for more than 1second.

NOTE:. When the battery terminal is discon-

nected, the set memory will be erasedand the settings return to the default.

. Setting is not possible in the following

cases.

— The vehicle is being driven.

— A warning display is active.

— The instrument brightness controllevel display is active.

— The cruise control status is dis-played.

Instruments and controls 2-17

Page 103: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (98,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

AlertThis function can be used to make settings forthe upshift indicator, “time to rest” indicator andlow outside temperature warning.

Upshift indicator:For details concerning the upshift indicator, referto the following section. ( “UPSHIFT IN-DICATOR” page 2-8)

“Time to rest” indicator:This alert informs the driver that the set drivingtime has elapsed.

On the TIMER screen, push the NEXT switchto change the time. Push and hold the

switch to increase the number every 1 hour. Amaximum of 6 hours can be set.

NOTE:The default setting is OFF.

Low outside temperature warning:This alert informs the driver when the outside airtemperature is lower than 378F (38C).

On the ICY screen, push the NEXT switchto turn this warning ON/OFF.

NOTE:The default setting is ON.

2-18 Instruments and controls

Page 104: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (99,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

MaintenanceThis function can be used to set the variousmaintenance intervals and to check the engineoil level. The reminders shown below are used tonotify the driver of the maintenance intervals.

NOTE:Because these are displayed based on themileage driven, they do not indicate theactual conditions of the vehicle. Use thesefunctions only as a reference.

Input the maintenance distance using thefollowing items:

. On each setting screen, push the NEXTswitch to change the mileage. Push

and hold the switch to increase the numberevery 600 miles (1,000 km).

. Set to “—” to set no reminders.

. To reset the accumulated mileage to zero,go to the RESET screen, then push theNEXT switch and confirm with theENTER switch .

NOTE:. To restore the mileage to the original

figure after resetting, press the NEXTswitch again.

. When the battery terminal is discon-nected, the set mileage will be erasedand the settings will return to theirdefault settings.

Engine oil level:This can be used to check the pre-start oil levelwhile the engine is running. Select SETTING >MAINTENANCE > OIL > ENGINE OIL >LEVEL.

If the low level reminder appears, check the levelusing the engine oil dipstick. ( “CHECKINGENGINE OIL LEVEL” page 8-12)

Instruments and controls 2-19

Page 105: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (100,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Engine oil:When the set mileage approaches, the reminderwill appear on the display and the remainingdistance is displayed at regular intervals. SelectSETTING > MAINTENANCE > OIL > ENGINEOIL to set or reset the mileage for the engine oilchange.

NOTE:The default setting is 6,000 miles (10,000km). The maximum mileage that can be setis 6,000 miles (10,000 km).

Engine oil filter:The reminder is displayed when the set mileageis exceeded. Select SETTING > MAINTE-NANCE > FILTER to set or reset the mileagefor the engine oil filter change.

NOTE:The default setting is OFF. The maximummileage that can be set is 6,000 miles(10,000 km).

Transmission oil:The reminder is displayed when the set mileageis exceeded. Select SETTING > MAINTE-NANCE > OIL > T/M OIL to set or reset themileage for the transmission oil change.

NOTE:The default setting is 18,500 miles (30,000km). The maximum mileage that can be setis 18,500 miles (30,000 km).

2-20 Instruments and controls

Page 106: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (101,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Tires:The reminder is displayed when the set mileageis exceeded. Select SETTING > MAINTE-NANCE > TIRE to set or reset the mileage forthe tire change.

NOTE:The default setting is OFF.

OptionsThis function can be used to make settings forlanguage and unit.

Language:Select ENGLISH or FRANCAIS for use in thevehicle information display.

Unit:Select METRIC or US for use in the vehicleinformation display.

WARNING (drive computer)

Warning information is displayed on the vehicleinformation display.

Press the ENTER switch while a warningdisplay is active to return to the original display.

It is also possible to check any warnings thathave not been corrected. ( “WARNINGDISPLAY” page 2-31)

Checking the warningsUse the NEXT switch to select “DETAILS”,then confirm with the ENTER switch .

When there are multiple warnings, press theENTER switch to change the display

Instruments and controls 2-21

Page 107: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (102,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

among them.

To return to the initial warning, press and holdthe ENTER switch for more than 1 second.

NOTE:If there are no warnings to display, only“SKIP” can be selected.

2-22 Instruments and controls

Page 108: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (103,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light Intelligent Key warning light Cruise main switch indicator light

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight

Low tire pressure warning light Cruise set switch indicator light

Master warning light Front passenger air bag status light

Brake warning light

Seat belt warning light High beam indicator light (blue)

Supplemental air bag warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Charge warning light Small light indicator light Slip indicator light

Engine oil pressure warning light Transmission warning light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicatorlight

CHECKING BULBS

With all doors closed, apply the parking brakeand push the ignition switch to the ON positionwithout starting the engine. The following lightswill come on:

, or , , , , ,

The following lights come on briefly and then gooff:

, or , , , , ,

If any light does not come on, it may indicate aburned-out bulb or an open circuit in theelectrical system. Have the system checked bya GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

WARNING LIGHTS

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warn-ing light

The warning light comes on when theignition switch is pushed to ON. It turns off soonafter the engine is started.

If the AWD system malfunctions, the warninglight will either remain illuminated or blink.( “ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD)” page 5-35)

Instruments and controls 2-23

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS

Page 109: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (104,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

CAUTION

. If the warning light comes on whiledriving there may be a malfunctionin the AWD system. Reduce thevehicle speed and have your vehiclechecked by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

. If the AWD warning light blinks onwhen you are driving:

— blinks rapidly (about twice asecond):

Pull off the road in a safe area,and idle the engine. The drivingmode will change to RWD toprevent the AWD system frommalfunctioning. If the warninglight turns off, you can driveagain.

— blinks slowly (about once every2 seconds):

Pull off the road in a safe area,and idle the engine. Check thatall tire sizes are the same asthat specified on the Tire andLoading Information label lo-cated in the driver’s door open-ing, tire pressure is correct and

tires are not worn. ( “TIREAND LOADING INFORMATIONLABEL” page 9-10)

If the tire pressure is insuffi-cient, fill with nitrogen gas.Contact a GT-R certified NISSANdealer about filling with nitro-gen gas. If nitrogen gas is notavailable, compressed air maybe safely used under normaldriving conditions. However,NISSAN recommends refillingwith nitrogen gas for maximumtire performance.

. If the warning light is still on afterthe above operations, have yourvehicle checked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer as soon as possible.

or Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS) warn-ing light

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight illuminates and then turns off. This indicatesthe ABS is operational.

If the ABS warning light illuminates while theengine is running, or while driving, it mayindicate the ABS is not functioning properly.

Have the system checked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lockfunction is turned off. The brake system thenoperates normally, but without anti-lock assis-tance. ( “BRAKE SYSTEM” page 5-40)

or Brake warning lightThis light functions for both the parking brakeand the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the light comes on when the parking brake isapplied.

Low brake fluid warning light:When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If thelight comes on while the engine is running withthe parking brake not applied, stop the vehicleand perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluidas necessary. ( “BRAKE FLUID” page8-14)

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

2-24 Instruments and controls

Page 110: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (105,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicator:When the parking brake is released and thebrake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brakewarning light and the Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicatethe ABS is not functioning properly. Have thebrake system checked, and if necessary re-paired, by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealerpromptly. Avoid high-speed driving and abruptbraking. ( “Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)warning light” page 2-24)

WARNING

. Your brake system may not beworking properly if the warning lightis on. Driving could be dangerous. Ifyou judge it to be safe, drive care-fully to the nearest service stationfor repairs. Otherwise, have yourvehicle towed because driving itcould be dangerous.

. Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brakefluid level may increase your stop-ping distance and braking will re-quire greater pedal effort as well aspedal travel.

. If the brake fluid level is below the

minimum or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked at aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

Charge warning lightIf the light comes on while the engine is running,it may indicate the charging system is notfunctioning properly. Turn the engine off andcheck the alternator belt. If the belt is loose,broken, missing or if the light remains on, see aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer immediately.

NOTICE

Do not continue driving if the alternatorbelt is loose, broken or missing.

Engine oil pressure warninglight

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If thelight flickers or comes on during normal driving,pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engineimmediately and call a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.

The engine oil pressure warning light isnot designed to indicate a low oil level.Check the vehicle information display oruse the dipstick to check the oil level.( “ENGINE OIL LEVEL DISPLAY” page 2-11) ( “CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL”

page 8-12)

NOTICE

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could causeserious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Turn off the engine assoon as it is safe to do so.

Intelligent Key warning lightAfter the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, this light comes on for about 2 secondsand then turns off.

This light warns of a malfunction with theelectrical steering lock system or the IntelligentKey system.

If the light comes on while the engine isstopped, it may be impossible to free thesteering lock or to start the engine. If the lightcomes on while the engine is running, you candrive the vehicle. However in these cases,contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer forrepair as soon as possible.

Low tire pressure warninglight

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tirepressure of all tires.

Instruments and controls 2-25

Page 111: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (106,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

The low tire pressure warning light warns of lowtire pressure and flat tire, or indicates that theTPMS is not functioning properly.

After the ignition switch is pushed ON, this lightilluminates for about 1 second and turns off.

Low tire pressure warning:If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate.

When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjust thetire pressure of all 4 wheels to therecommended COLD tire pressure shownon the Tire and Loading Information labellocated in the driver’s door opening. Thelow tire pressure warning light does notautomatically turn off when the tire pres-sure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated tothe recommended pressure, the vehiclemust be driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn offthe low tire pressure warning light. Use atire pressure gauge to check the tirepressure. ( “TIRE PRESSURE MONI-TORING SYSTEM (TPMS)” page 5-3)( “TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)” page 6-2)

Run-flat tire warning:The run-flat tire warning light warns of a flat tire.

If the vehicle is being driven with one or more flat

tires, the warning light will illuminate continu-ously and a chime will sound for 10 seconds.

The chime will only sound at the first indicationof a flat tire and the warning light will illuminatecontinuously. When the Flat tire warning isactivated, have the system reset and the tirechecked and replaced if necessary by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer. Even if the tire isinflated to the specified COLD tire pressure, thewarning light will continue to illuminate until thesystem is reset by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.

If you select the tire pressure information in themulti function display, the LOW PRESSUREwarning message will be displayed. The tirepressure for each tire will also be displayed.Refer to the separate Multi Function DisplayOwner’s Manual.

Your vehicle can be driven for a limited time on aflat tire. ( “TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)” page 5-3) ( “TIREPRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)”page 6-2)

TPMS malfunction:If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the lowtire pressure warning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute when the ignition switch ispushed ON. The light will remain on after the 1minute. Have the system checked by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer. ( “TIRE PRES-

SURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)” page5-3) ( “TIRE PRESSURE” page 8-28)

WARNING

. If the light does not illuminate withthe ignition switch pushed ON, havethe vehicle checked by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible.

. If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehiclespeed, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Driving with un-der-inflated tires may permanentlydamage the tires and increase thelikelihood of tire failure. Seriousvehicle damage could occur andmay lead to an accident and couldresult in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label located in thedriver’s door opening to turn thelow tire pressure warning light off. Ifthe light still illuminates while driv-

2-26 Instruments and controls

Page 112: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (107,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

ing after adjusting the tire pressure,a tire may be flat.

. Although you can continue drivingwith a punctured run-flat tire, re-member that vehicle handling sta-bility is reduced, which could lead toan accident and personal injury.Also, driving a long distance at highspeeds may damage the tires.

. Do not drive at speeds above 50MPH (80 km/h) and do not drivemore than 50 miles (80 km) with apunctured run-flat tire. The actualdistance the vehicle can be drivenon a flat tire depends on outsidetemperature, vehicle load, road con-ditions and other factors.

. When a wheel is replaced, the TPMSwill not function and the low tirepressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute. The lightwill remain on after the 1 minute.Contact a GT-R certified NISSANdealer as soon as possible for tirereplacement and/or system reset-ting.

. Replacing tires with those not ori-ginally specified by NISSAN could

affect the proper operation of theTPMS.

CAUTION

. The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sureto check the tire pressure regularly.

. Be sure to install the specified sizeof tires on the four wheels.

NOTE:. If the vehicle is being driven at speeds

of less than 16 MPH (25 km/h), theTPMS may not operate correctly.

. The tires of this vehicle are filled withnitrogen gas. When the tire pressure islow, fill the tires with nitrogen gas.Contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealerfor information on filling the tires withnitrogen gas.

Master warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ON position,the master warning light illuminates if any of thewarning displays appear on the vehicle informa-tion display. ( “WARNING DISPLAY” page2-31)

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fasten seatbelts. The light illuminates whenever the ignitionswitch is pushed to the ON position, and willremain illuminated until the driver’s seat belt isfastened. At the same time, the chime will soundfor about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat beltis securely fastened.

The seat belt warning light for the frontpassenger will illuminate if the seat belt is notfastened when the front passenger’s seat isoccupied. For 6 seconds after the ignitionswitch is in the ON position, the system doesnot activate the warning light for the frontpassenger. ( “SEAT BELTS” page 1-6)

Supplemental air bag warninglight

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warning lightwill illuminate for about 7 seconds and then turnoff. This means the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bag andpretensioner systems need servicing and yourvehicle must be taken to a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 seconds.

Instruments and controls 2-27

Page 113: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (108,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the supplementalrestraint system (air bag system) and/or thepretensioners may not function properly.( “SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYS-TEM” page 1-32)

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bagand/or pretensioner systems will notoperate in an accident. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, have yourvehicle checked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer as soon as possible.

Small light indicator lightThe small light indicator light illuminates whenthe front clearance lights, instrument panellights, rear combination lights and license platelights are on. The indicator light turns off whenthe is turned off.

Transmission warning lightThis light warns of the following malfunctions.

Transmission system malfunction:The light blinks if a malfunction in the transmis-sion system occurs. If the light blinks, certaingear positions may become unusable, so thatthe vehicle may become undrivable. Have thesystem inspected promptly by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

Transmission oil temperature high:The light illuminates if the transmission oiltemperature becomes unusually high. If the lightilluminates, avoid driving at high speed or at highengine speed until the light turns off. If the lightilluminates frequently, contact a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

NOTICE

Continuing to drive with the light illu-minated could cause serious damage tothe transmission.

Transmission clutch temperature high:The light illuminates if clutch temperaturebecomes unusually high. If the light illuminates,pull off the road in a safe area and idle theengine. When the light turns off, driving can beresumed. If the light illuminates frequently,contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

NOTICE

. Continuing to drive with the light oncould cause serious damage to thetransmission.

. If the light continues to stay on,engine power will be suppressedand the clutch will not be engagedto prevent serious damage to theclutch.

Cruise main switch indicatorlight

The light comes on when the cruise control ispushed. The light turns off when the main switchis pushed again. While the cruise control systemmain switch indicator light is on, the cruisecontrol system is operational.

Cruise set switch indicatorlight

The light comes on while the vehicle speed iscontrolled by the cruise control system. If thelight blinks while the engine is running, it mayindicate the cruise control system is notfunctioning properly. Have the system checkedby a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

2-28 Instruments and controls

Page 114: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (109,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Front passenger air bag statuslight

The front passenger air bag status light ( )will be lit and the passenger front air bag will beOFF depending on how the front passengerseat is being used. ( “NISSAN ADVANCEDAIR BAG SYSTEM (front seats)” page 1-37)

High beam indicator light(blue)

This light comes on when the headlight highbeam is on and goes out when the low beam isselected.

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

If the malfunction indicator light comes onsteady or blinks while the engine is running, itmay indicate a potential emission control mal-function.

The malfunction indicator light may also come onsteady if the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, orif the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to makesure the fuel-filler cap is installed and closedtightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3 USgallons (14 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the light shouldturn off if no other potential emission controlsystem malfunction exists.

If this indicator light remains on for 20 secondsand then blinks for 10 seconds when the engineis not running, it indicates that the vehicle is notready for an emission control system inspection/maintenance test. ( “READINESS FORINSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST (USonly)” page 9-16)

Operation:The malfunction indicator light will come on inone of two ways:

. Malfunction indicator light on steady — Anemission control system malfunction hasbeen detected. Check the fuel-filler cap. Ifthe fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tightenor install the cap and continue to drive thevehicle. The light should turn off after afew driving trips. If the light does notturn off after a few driving trips, have thevehicle inspected by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer. You do not need to haveyour vehicle towed to the dealer.

. Malfunction indicator light blinking — Anengine misfire has been detected which maydamage the emission control system.

To reduce or avoid emission control systemdamage:

a) Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH(72 km/h).

b) Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.

c) Avoid steep uphill grades.

d) If possible, reduce the amount of cargobeing hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator light may stopblinking and remain on.

Have the vehicle inspected by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer. You do not needto have your vehicle towed to the dealer.

NOTICE

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessarycould lead to poor driveability, reducedfuel economy, and possible damage tothe emission control system.

Slip indicator lightThis indicator will blink when the VDC system isoperating, thus alerting the driver to the fact thatthe road surface is slippery and the vehicle isnearing its traction limits.

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

The light flashes when the turn signal switchlever or hazard switch is turned on.

Instruments and controls 2-29

Page 115: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (110,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light

The light comes on when the Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) set up switch is pushed to OFFfor more than 1 second. ( “VDC, TRANS-MISSION AND SUSPENSION SETUPSWITCHES” page 5-22)

This indicates that the VDC system is notoperating. When the VDC off indicator lightand slip indicator light come on with the VDCsystem turned on, this light alerts the driver tothe fact that the fail-safe mode is operating, forexample the VDC system or the hill start assistsystem may not be functioning properly. Havethe system checked by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer. If a malfunction occurs in the system, theVDC system function will be canceled but thevehicle is still driveable. ( “VEHICLE DY-NAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM” page 5-42)

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Key reminder chimeA chime will sound if the driver side door isopened while the ignition switch is pushed tothe ACC position or pushed to the OFF orLOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in theIntelligent Key port. Make sure the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position, and takethe Intelligent Key with you when leaving thevehicle.

Light reminder chimeA chime will sound when the driver side door isopened with the light switch in the orposition and the ignition switch in the ACC, OFFor LOCK position.

Turn the light switch off when you leave thevehicle.

Parking brake reminder chimeA chime will sound if the vehicle speed is above4 MPH (7 km/h) with the parking brake applied.Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake.

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, itwill make a high pitched scraping sound whenthe vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound willfirst occur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After the wear of the brake pad isincreased, the sound will be heard all the timeeven if the brake pedal is not depressed. Havethe brakes checked as soon as possible if thewarning sound is heard.

2-30 Instruments and controls

Page 116: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (111,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

WARNING

When the warning light illuminates orblinks and a warning is displayed,promptly take the appropriate action.Ignoring the warning may result in

malfunctions and accidents.

When the items mentioned below are detectedthe master warning light *1 illuminates and thewarning is displayed on the vehicle informationdisplay *2 . A chime also sounds.

If there are multiple warnings, the warning lightsremain lit or continue to blink and the warningsdisplayed in the vehicle information display areswitched at regular intervals. The warningsdisplayed in the vehicle information display canbe switched voluntarily by pushing the ENTERswitch .

Instruments and controls 2-31

WARNING DISPLAY

Page 117: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (112,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

ENGINE OIL LOW PRESSUREWARNING

This will appear if the engine oil pressure is low.( “Engine oil pressure warning light” page2-25)

ENGINE SYSTEM WARNING

This will appear if a potential emission controlmalfunction is detected, the fuel-filler cap isloose or missing, or the vehicle runs out of fuel.( “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” page2-29)

SHIFT LEVER POSITION WARNING

This will appear if the system cannot detect theshift lever position.

Make sure the shift lever is placed in a positionproperly. ( “DRIVING THE VEHICLE” page5-13)

2-32 Instruments and controls

Page 118: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (113,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM WARN-ING

This will appear if a transmission systemmalfunction occurs. ( “Transmission systemmalfunction” page 2-28)

TRANSMISSION OIL HIGH TEM-PERATURE WARNING

This will appear if the transmission oil tempera-ture becomes unusually high.( “Transmission oil temperature high” page2-28)

TRANSMISSION CLUTCH HIGHTEMPERATURE WARNING

This will appear if the transmission clutchtemperature becomes unusually high.( “Transmission clutch temperature high”page 2-28)

Instruments and controls 2-33

Page 119: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (114,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARN-ING

This will appear if the vehicle speed is above 4MPH (7 km/h) with the parking brake applied.( “Brake warning light” page 2-24)( “Parking brake reminder chime” page 2-30)

LOW BRAKE FLUID WARNING

This will appear if the brake fluid level becomeslow. ( “Brake warning light” page 2-24)

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM(ABS) WARNING

This will appear if the Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) is not functioning properly. ( “Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light” page2-24) ( “Brake warning light” page 2-24)

2-34 Instruments and controls

Page 120: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (115,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM WARNING

This will appear if the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system or the hill start assist system isnot functioning properly. ( “Slip indicatorlight” page 2-29) ( “Vehicle Dynamic Con-trol (VDC) off indicator light” page 2-30)

AWD CLUTCH HIGH TEMPERATUREWARNING

This will appear if the fluid temperature of thepowertrain becomes unusually high. ( “All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light” page 2-23)

FRONT/REAR TIRE SIZE DISCRE-PANCY WARNING

This will appear if the diameter of the front andthe rear wheels are different. ( “All-WheelDrive (AWD) warning light” page 2-23)

Instruments and controls 2-35

Page 121: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (116,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

AWD SYSTEM WARNING

This will appear if the AWD system is notfunctioning properly while the engine is running.( “All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light”page 2-23)

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING

This will appear if the vehicle is being driven withlow tire pressure. ( “Low tire pressurewarning” page 2-26)

RUN-FLAT TIRE WARNING

This will appear and a chime will sound if thevehicle is being driven with one or more flat tires.( “Run-flat tire warning” page 2-26)

2-36 Instruments and controls

Page 122: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (117,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS) WARNING

This will appear if the Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) is not functioning properly.( “TPMS malfunction” page 2-26)

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM WARN-ING

This will appear if the cruise control system isnot functioning properly. ( “Cruise setswitch indicator light” page 2-28)

LOW FUEL WARNING

This will appear when the fuel level in the tank isgetting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,preferably before the fuel gauge reaches theempty (E) position.

This displays the approximate distance that thevehicle can be driven based on the amount offuel remaining in the fuel tank and the actual fuelconsumption.

NOTE:. The low fuel warning will appear when

the amount of fuel remaining in thetank decreases to approximately 3 USgallons (12 liters).

Instruments and controls 2-37

Page 123: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (118,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

. The timing of the low fuel warningdisplay may change depending onbraking, turning, acceleration, or goingup or down hills.

. If the vehicle is not refueled after thelow fuel warning appears, the displaywill change to “ ”. This changetiming may become earlier dependingon the driving conditions. This does notindicate that there is a malfunction.

DOOR/TRUNK OPEN WARNING

This will appear if any of the doors and/or trunklid are open or not closed securely. The vehicleicon indicates which door or the trunk lid isopen.

LOW WASHER FLUID WARNING

This will appear when the washer tank fluid is ata low level. Add washer fluid as necessary.( “WINDOWWASHER FLUID” page 8-15)

2-38 Instruments and controls

Page 124: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (119,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

NO KEY WARNING

This will appear in either of the followingconditions.

No key inside the vehicleThe warning appears when the door is closedwith the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicleand the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition. Make sure that the Intelligent Key isinside the vehicle.

Unregistered Intelligent KeyThe warning appears when the ignition switch ispushed from the LOCK position and theIntelligent Key cannot be recognized by thesystem. You cannot start the engine with an

unregistered Intelligent Key.( “INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM” page 3-8)

These displays appear when an appropriateoperation is required in starting or stopping theengine.

Instruments and controls 2-39

OPERATION DISPLAYS

Page 125: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (120,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

ENGINE START OPERATION INDI-CATOR

This indicator appears when the shift lever is inthe &P position.

This indicator means that the engine will start bypushing the ignition switch with the brake pedaldepressed.

SHIFT “P” WARNING

This warning appears and an inside warningchime sounds when the ignition switch ispushed to stop the engine with the shift leverin any position except the &P position.

If this warning appears, move the shift lever tothe &P position. This warning will also turn offwhen pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition.

“PUSH” WARNING

This warning appears when the shift lever ismoved to the&P position with the ignition switchin the ACC position after the SHIFT &P warningappears.

If this warning appears, push the ignition switchto the OFF position.

2-40 Instruments and controls

Page 126: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (121,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

STEERING LOCK RELEASE MAL-FUNCTION INDICATOR

This indicator appears when the steering wheellock cannot be released from the LOCK posi-tion. If this indicator appears, push the ignitionswitch while lightly turning the steering wheelright and left.

INTELLIGENT KEY INSERTION INDI-CATOR

This indicator appears when the Intelligent Keyneeds to be inserted into the Intelligent Key port(for example, the Intelligent Key battery isdischarged).

If this indicator appears, insert the Intelligent Keyinto the Intelligent Key port in the correctdirection. ( “INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERYDISCHARGE” page 5-10)

INTELLIGENT KEY REMOVAL INDI-CATOR

This indicator appears when the driver’s door isopened with the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position and the Intelligent Key placed inthe Intelligent Key port. A key reminder chimealso sounds.

If this indicator appears, remove the IntelligentKey from the Intelligent Key port and take it withyou when leaving the vehicle.

Instruments and controls 2-41

Page 127: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (122,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS-CHARGE INDICATOR

This indicator appears when the Intelligent Keybattery is running out of power.

If this indicator appears, replace the battery witha new one. ( “INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERYREPLACEMENT” page 8-23)

Your vehicle has two types of security systems,as follows:

. Vehicle security system

. NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

The security condition will be shown by thesecurity indicator light.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

The vehicle security system provides visual andaudio alarm signals if someone opens the doors,hood, or trunk lid when the system is armed. It isnot, however, a motion detection type systemthat activates when a vehicle is moved or when avibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannotprevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interioror exterior vehicle components in all situations.Always secure your vehicle even if parking for abrief period. Never leave your Intelligent Key(s)in the vehicle, and always lock it when un-attended. Be aware of your surroundings, andpark in secure, well-lit areas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protection,such as component locks, identification markers,and tracking systems, are available at autosupply stores and specialty shops. Your GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer may also offer suchequipment. Check with your insurance companyto see if you may be eligible for discounts forvarious theft protection features.

2-42 Instruments and controls

SECURITY SYSTEMS

Page 128: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (123,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if thewindows are open.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCKposition.

3. Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle.

4. Close all doors, hood and trunk. Lock alldoors. The doors can be locked with theIntelligent Key, door handle request switchor power door lock switch. The power doorlock switch should be operated while thedoor is open, and then closed.

5. Confirm that the security indicator lightcomes on. The security indicator light stayson for about 30 seconds. The vehiclesecurity system is now pre-armed. Afterabout 30 seconds the vehicle securitysystem automatically shifts into the armedphase. The security light begins to flashonce every approximately 3 seconds. If,during this 30-second pre-arm time period,the door is unlocked, or the ignition switch ispushed to ACC or ON, the system will notarm.

Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will activatewith all doors, hood, and trunk lid lockedwith the ignition switch in the LOCKposition. When pushing the ignition switchto the ACC or ON position, the system willbe released.

Vehicle security system activationThe vehicle security system will give the follow-ing alarm:

. The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently.

. The alarm automatically turns off afterapproximately 1 minute. However, the alarmreactivates if the vehicle is tampered withagain.

The alarm is activated by:

. Opening the door or the trunk lid withoutusing the button on the Intelligent Key, thedoor handle request switch or the mechan-ical key. (Even if the door is opened byreleasing the door inside lock knob, thealarm will activate.)

. Opening the hood.

How to stop an activated alarmThe alarm will stop by:

. Unlocking a door by pushing the UNLOCKbutton on the Intelligent Key.

. Unlocking a door by pushing the doorhandle request switch.

. Pushing the ignition switch to the ACC orON position.

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, have it checked by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM

The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will notallow the engine to start without the use of theregistered Intelligent Key. Never leave thesekeys in the vehicle.

Statement related to section 15 of FCC

Instruments and controls 2-43

Page 129: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (124,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

rules for NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem (CONT ASSY - CARD SLOT)

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry Cana-da. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions;

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX-PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTYRESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULDVOID THE USER’S AUTHORITY TO OPER-ATE THE EQUIPMENT.

Security indicator lightThe security indicator light is located on theinstrument panel. It indicates the status of theNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System.

The light blinks whenever the ignition switch is inthe ACC, OFF or LOCK position. This functionindicates the security systems equipped on thevehicle are operational.

If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ismalfunctioning, this light will remain on while theignition switch is in the ON position.

If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, see a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immo-

bilizer System service as soon as possible.Please bring all Intelligent Keys that youhave when visiting a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer for service.

2-44 Instruments and controls

Page 130: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (125,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the windshieldand obscure your vision which may leadto an accident. Warm windshield withthe defroster before you wash thewindshield.

NOTICE

. Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based washer fluidconcentrates may permanently stainthe grille if spilled while filling thewindow washer reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir tank. Do not use thewindow washer reservoir tank to

mix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

USING THE WIPERS

Push the lever down to operate the wiper at thefollowing speed:

*1 INT (Intermittent) — intermittent operationcan be adjusted by turning the knob toward*A (Slower) or *B (Faster).

*2 Low — continuous low speed operation

*3 High — continuous high speed operation

Push the lever up *4 to have one sweepoperation of the wiper.

Instruments and controls 2-45

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH

Page 131: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (126,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

NOTE:. In the MIST position, the wipers oper-

ate while the lever is lifted up. Whenthe lever is released, it automaticallyreturns to the OFF position and thewipers stop.

. When the speed sensing wiper intervalfunction is turned on, the intermittentoperation speed varies in accordancewith the vehicle speed. (For example,when the vehicle speed is high, theintermittent operation speed will befaster.) To turn this function on andoff, see the separate Multi FunctionDisplay Owner’s Manual.

. If the wiper operation is interrupted bysnow or ice, the wiper may stop movingto protect its motor. If this occurs, turnthe wiper switch to the OFF positionand remove the snow or ice on andaround the wiper arms. In approxi-mately 1 minute, turn the switch onagain to operate the wiper.

USING THE WASHER

Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer.Then the wiper will also operate several times.

NOTE:When the level of washer fluid is low, awarning display appears on the vehicleinformation display. ( “LOW WASHERFLUID WARNING” page 2-38)

To defog/defrost the rear window, start theengine and push the switch on. The indicatorlight on the switch will come on. Push the switchagain to turn the defroster off.

It will automatically turn off in approximately 15minutes.

NOTE:When the rear window defroster switch ispressed, the heated outside mirrors alsooperate at the same time. ( “OUTSIDEMIRRORS” page 3-27)

2-46 Instruments and controls

REAR WINDOW DEFROSTERSWITCH

Page 132: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (127,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

NOTICE

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window defroster.

XENON HEADLIGHTS

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

. When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To preventan electric shock, never attempt tomodify or disassemble. Always haveyour xenon headlights replaced at aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

. Xenon headlights provide consider-ably more light than conventionalheadlights. If they are not correctlyaimed, they might temporarily blindan oncoming driver or the driverahead of you and cause a seriousaccident. If headlights are not aimedcorrectly, immediately take your ve-hicle to a GT-R certified NISSANdealer and have the headlightsadjusted correctly.

When the xenon headlight is initially turned on,its brightness or color varies slightly. However,the color and brightness will soon stabilize.

NOTE:. The life of xenon headlights will be

shortened by frequent on-off opera-tion. It is generally desirable not to turnoff the headlights for short intervals(for example, when the vehicle stops ata traffic signal). Even when the daytimerunning lights are active (Canada only),the xenon headlights do not turn on.This way the life of the xenon head-lights is not reduced.

. If the xenon headlight bulb is close toburning out, the brightness will drasti-cally decrease, the light will startblinking, or the color of the light willbecome reddish. If one or more of theabove signs appear, contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.

Instruments and controls 2-47

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH

Page 133: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (128,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

LightingTurning the switch to the position:The front park, side marker, tail, license plate andinstrument lights will come on.

Turning the switch to the position:Headlights will come on and all the other lightsremain on.

Headlight beam selectWhen the headlights are on, push the lever tothe front of the vehicle*1 to switch to the highbeams. The high-beam indicator light illumi-nates. ( “High beam indicator light (blue)”page 2-29)

Pull the lever to the neutral position *2 toswitch to the low beams.

Pulling the lever toward you *3 will flash theheadlight high beam even when the headlightswitch is in the OFF position.

CAUTION

Use low beams when there are carsapproaching from the opposite direc-tion, during city driving and at similartimes.

Battery saver systemA chime will sound when the driver side door isopened with the light switch in the or

position and the ignition switch in the ACC,OFF or LOCK position. ( “Light reminderchime” page 2-30)

When the headlight switch is in the orposition while the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the lights will automatically turn off 5minutes after the ignition switch has beenpushed to the OFF position.

When the headlight switch remains in theor position after the lights automaticallyturn off, the lights will turn on when the ignitionswitch is pushed to the ON position.

NOTICE

. When you turn on the headlightswitch again after the lights auto-matically turn off, the lights will notturn off automatically. Be sure toturn the light switch to the OFF

2-48 Instruments and controls

Page 134: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (129,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

position when you leave the vehiclefor extended periods of time, other-wise the battery will be discharged.

. Never leave the light switch onwhen the engine is not running forextended periods of time even if theheadlights turn off automatically.

Daytime running light system (Ca-nada only)The daytime running lights automatically illumi-nate when the engine is started with the parkingbrake released. The daytime running lightsoperate with the headlight switch in the OFFposition. Turn the headlight switch to theposition for full illumination when driving at night.

If the parking brake is applied before the engineis started, the daytime running lights do notilluminate. The daytime running lights illuminateonce the parking brake is released. The daytimerunning lights will remain on until the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position.

WARNING

When the daytime running light systemis active, tail lights on your vehicle arenot on. It is necessary at dusk to turn onyour headlights. Failure to do so couldcause an accident injuring yourself andothers.

Turn signalMove the lever up or down to the position*1 tosignal the turning direction. When the turn iscompleted, the turn signals cancel automatically.

Lane change signalTo indicate a lane change, move the lever up ordown to the position *2 where the lights beginflashing.

Instruments and controls 2-49

Page 135: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (130,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Push the switch on to warn other drivers whenyou must stop or park under emergency condi-tions. All turn signal lights will flash.

The flasher can be actuated with the ignitionswitch in any position.

Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

WARNING

. If stopping for an emergency, besure to move the vehicle well off theroad.

. Do not use the hazard warningflashers while moving on the high-way unless unusual circumstancesforce you to drive so slowly thatyour vehicle might become a hazardto other traffic.

. Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights areon.

To sound the horn, push the center pad area ofthe steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system.Tampering with the supplemental frontair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

2-50 Instruments and controls

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH HORN

Page 136: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (131,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

The seat heaters can be used when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position. The front seats arewarmed by the built-in heaters.

TURNING ON THE HEATERS

Press the switch to activate the heaters. Theswitch indicator illuminates.

Switch position Function

HI To heat the seat quickly

LO To keep the seat warm

TURNING OFF THE HEATERS

Driver’s seatMove the switch to the level position. The switchindicator turns off.

Passenger’s seatPress the switch again for the side where theheater is operating. The switch indicator turnsoff.

NOTE:When the ignition switch is set to the OFFposition while the passenger’s seat heateris operating, the heater switch will auto-matically return to the OFF position. Oper-ate the passenger’s side seat heater switchto turn on the seat heater again.

CAUTION

. Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as ablanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.Otherwise, the seat may becomeoverheated.

. Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result indamage to the heater.

. Any liquid spilled on the heated seat

should be removed immediatelywith a dry cloth.

. If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turnthe switch off and have the systemchecked by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.

NOTICE

. The battery could run down if theseat heater is operated while theengine is not running.

. Do not use the seat heater forextended periods or when no oneis using the seat.

. When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similarmaterials.

Instruments and controls 2-51

HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)

Page 137: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (132,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

CAUTION

. The outlet and plug may be hotduring or immediately after use.

. Do not use with accessories thatexceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) powerdraw. Do not use double adapters ormore than one electrical accessory.

. This power outlet is not designedfor use with a cigarette lighter unit.

. Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical acces-sory being used is turned OFF.

. When not in use, be sure to closethe cap. Do not allow water tocontact the outlet.

NOTICE

. Use power outlet with the enginerunning to avoid discharging thevehicle battery.

. Avoid using power outlet when theair conditioner, headlights or rearwindow defroster is on.

. Push the plug in as far as it will go.If good contact is not made, the plug

may overheat or the internal tem-perature fuse may open.

Next to the steering wheel

Pull out the cap to use the outlet.

Replace the cap after use.

2-52 Instruments and controls

POWER OUTLETS

Page 138: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (133,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Inside the console box

Open the cap to use the outlet.

Close the cap after use.

CAUTION

Do not leave the console box open. Theopen lid may suddenly close when thevehicle stops.

CUP HOLDERS

CAUTION

. Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being usedto prevent spilling the drink. If theliquid is hot, it can scald you or yourpassenger.

. Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

FrontSlide the cover toward the rear of the vehicle toopen.

To close, slide the cover back toward the front ofthe vehicle.

Instruments and controls 2-53

STORAGE

Page 139: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (134,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Rear

NOTE:Cup holder*A is wider and shallower thancup holders *B and *C . Small-size cupsare likely to tip over in cup holder*A . Usecup holders *B and *C .

SUNGLASSES HOLDER

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closedwhile driving to prevent an accident.

To open the sunglasses holder, push *1 .

CAUTION

Do not use for anything other thanglasses.

NOTICE

Do not leave glasses in the sunglassesholder while parking in direct sunlight.The heat may damage the glasses.

2-54 Instruments and controls

Page 140: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (135,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

DOOR POCKET

Door pockets are located inside the driver’s sideand passenger’s side doors.

NOTICE

Do not grasp the door pockets to openand close the doors. Doing so maydamage the pockets.

GLOVE BOX

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while drivingto help prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

Pull the knob toward you to open the glove box.

To close the glove box, press the lid forward untilit locks in place.

Use the mechanical key to lock *1 and unlock*2 the glove box. ( “Mechanical key” page3-3)

The mechanical key stops when it is insertedapproximately halfway in.

Instruments and controls 2-55

Page 141: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (136,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

CONSOLE BOX

Lift up the lock knob *1 to open the lid.

To close the center console box, press on the liduntil it locks in place.

NOTE:The console box contains a power outlet.

CAUTION

Do not leave the console box open. Theopen lid may suddenly close when thevehicle stops.

COAT HOOKS

To use the coat hook, push the hook *A torelease.

CAUTION

Do not hang any objects with sharpedges on the coat hangers. These itemsmay be knocked off if the SRS air bagdeploys, possibly causing injury.

NOTICE

Do not place items that are more than 2lb (1 kg) on the hook.

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

. Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclewhile it is in motion and beforeclosing the windows. Use the win-dow lock switch to prevent unex-pected use of the power windows.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols and become trapped in thewindow. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

The power windows operate when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position or for about 45seconds after the ignition switch is pushed tothe LOCK position. If the driver’s or frontpassenger’s door is opened during this periodof about 45 seconds, power to the windows iscanceled.

2-56 Instruments and controls

WINDOWS

Page 142: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (137,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Driver’s side1. Window lock button

2. Driver’s window switch

3. Front passenger’s window switch

Main power window switch (driver’sside)To open or close the window, push down or pullup the switch and hold it. The main switch(driver’s side switches) will open or close all thewindows.

Locking passengers’ windowsWhen the window lock button is pushed in, onlythe driver’s side window can be opened orclosed. Push it in again to cancel.

Front passenger’s side4. Front passenger’s window switch

Passenger’s side power windowswitchThe passenger side switch will open or closeonly the corresponding window. To open closethe window, push down or pull up the switchand hold it.

Automatic operationTo fully open or close the window, completelypush down or pull up the switch and release it; itdoes not need to be held. The window willautomatically open or close all the way. To stopthe window, just push or lift the switch in theopposite direction.

A light push or pull on the switch will cause thewindow to open or close until the switch isreleased.

Auto reverse functionIf the control unit detects something caught inthe window as it is closing, the window will beimmediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be activated whenthe window is closed by automatic operationwhen the ignition switch is in the ON position orfor 45 seconds after the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or driving con-ditions, the auto reverse function may beactivated if an impact or load similar to some-thing being caught in the window occurs.

CAUTION

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing thewindow.

Instruments and controls 2-57

Page 143: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (138,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Automatic adjusting function

CAUTION

When the battery cable is removed fromthe battery terminal, do not close eitherof the front doors. The automatic win-dow adjusting function will not workand the side roof panel may be da-maged.

The power window has an automatic adjustingfunction. When the door is being opened, thewindow is automatically lowered slightly to avoidcontact between the window and the side roofpanel. When the door is closed, the window isautomatically raised slightly.

While the automatic adjusting function does notwork, the window will be controlled as follows:

. When the door is opened, the windowlowers for approximately 2 seconds.

. While the door is open, the window cannotbe raised.

If the windows do not close auto-maticallyIf the power window automatic function (closingonly) does not operate properly, perform thefollowing procedure to initialize the powerwindow system.

1. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.

2. Close the door.

3. Open the window completely by operatingthe power window switch.

4. Pull the power window switch and hold it toclose the driver side window, and then holdthe switch more than 3 seconds after thewindow is closed completely.

5. Release the power window switch. Operatethe window by the automatic function toconfirm the initialization is complete.

6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above for thepassenger side window by operating eitherdriver’s or passenger’s side switch.

If the power window automatic function doesnot operate properly after performing the pro-cedure above, have your vehicle checked by aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

MAP LIGHTS

Push the button as illustrated to turn the light onor off.

2-58 Instruments and controls

INTERIOR LIGHTS

Page 144: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (139,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH

The interior light control switch has threepositions: ON *1 , DOOR *2 and OFF *3 .

ON positionWhen the switch is in the ON position *1 , themap lights will illuminate.

NOTICE

Do not use the light for extendedperiods of time with the enginestopped. This could result in a dis-charged battery.

NOTE:The lights will also turn off after 30minutes when the lights remain illumi-nated after the ignition switch has beenpushed to the OFF or LOCK position toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

DOOR positionWhen the switch is in the DOOR position *2 ,the map lights will turn on when the door isopened and turn off when the door is closed.The map lights will turn off approximately 15seconds after the door is closed with the ignitionswitch in the OFF or LOCK position.

NOTE:When the interior light control switch is inthe DOOR position and the door is open,the light will remain on even when the maplight switch is pressed to turn off.

Key-linked interior light control system:The map lights will turn on and off linked with thelocking and unlocking of the door.

This function operates when the interior lightcontrol switch is in the DOOR position.

. When entering the vehicle

When the driver’s seat door is unlocked, themap light illuminates for approximately 15

seconds, then it turns off.

While the map light is on, if the ignition switch ispushed to the ACC or ON position, or if thedriver’s side door is locked, the light turns off.

. When exiting the vehicle

When the ignition switch is pushed to the OFFor LOCK position, the map lights turn on forapproximately 15 seconds, then it turns off.

If the driver’s side door is locked while the maplights are on, the light turns off.

NOTE:It is possible to cancel the key-linkedinterior light control system setting. Seethe separate Multi Function Display Own-er’s Manual.

OFF positionWhen the switch is in the OFF position*3 , themap lights will not illuminate, regardless of anycondition.

Instruments and controls 2-59

Page 145: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (140,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

There is an illuminated vanity mirror on thereverse side of the sun visor.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver provides aconvenient way to consolidate the functions ofup to three individual hand-held transmitters intoone built-in device.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:

. Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates, homeand office lighting, entry door locks andsecurity systems.

. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If thevehicle’s battery is discharged or is dis-connected, HomeLink® will retain all pro-gramming.

Once HomeLink® Universal Transceiver isprogrammed, retain the original transmit-ter for future programming procedures(Example: new vehicle purchases). Uponsale of the vehicle, the programmedHomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttonsshould be erased for security purposes.( “PROGRAMMING HomeLink®” page2-60)

WARNING

. Do not use HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop andreverse features as required by

federal safety standards. (Thesestandards became effective foropener models manufactured afterApril 1, 1982.) A garage door openerwhich cannot detect an object in thepath of a closing garage door andthen automatically stop and reverse,does not meet current federal safetystandards. Using a garage dooropener without these features in-creases the risk of serious injury ordeath.

. During programming procedure,your garage door or security gatemay open or close. Make sure thatpeople and objects are clear of thegarage door, gate, etc. that you areprogramming.

. Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programmingHomeLink® Universal Transceiver.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink®

To program your HomeLink® Transceiver tooperate a garage door, gate, or entry dooropener, home or office lighting, you need to beat the same location as the device. Note:Garage door openers (manufactured after1996) have “rolling code protection”. To pro-

2-60 Instruments and controls

VANITY MIRROR LIGHTSHomeLink® UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER

Page 146: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (141,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

gram a garage door opener equipped with“rolling code protection”; you will need to usea ladder to get up to the garage door openermotor to be able to access the “smart or learn”program button.

1. To begin, push and hold the two outerHomeLink® buttons (to clear the memory)until the indicator light *A blinks (after 20seconds). Release both buttons.

2. Position the end of the hand-held transmitter1 to 3 inches (26 mm to 76 mm) away fromthe HomeLink® surface.

3. Using both hands, simultaneously push andhold both the HomeLink® button you want toprogram and the hand-held transmitterbutton.DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 hasbeen completed.

4. Hold down both buttons until the indicatorlight on HomeLink® flashes, changing from a“slow blink” to a “rapid blink”. This couldtake up to 90 seconds. When the indicatorlight blinks rapidly, both buttons may bereleased. The rapidly flashing light indicatessuccessful programming. To activate thegarage door or other programmed device,push and hold the programmed HomeLink®button - releasing when the device begins to

Instruments and controls 2-61

Page 147: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (142,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

activate.

5. If the indicator light on HomeLink® blinksrapidly for two seconds and then turns solid,HomeLink® has picked up a “rolling code”garage door opener signal. You will need toproceed with the next steps to train Home-Link®, completing the programming mayrequire a ladder and another person forconvenience.

6. Push and release the program buttonlocated on the garage door opener’s motorto activate the “training mode”. This button isusually located near the antenna wire thathangs down from the motor. If the wireoriginates from under a light lens, you willneed to remove the lens to access thetraining button.

NOTE:Once you have pushed and released thetraining button on the garage door open-er’s motor and the “training light” is lit, youhave 30 seconds in which to perform step7. For convenience, use the help of asecond person to assist when performingthis step.

7. Quickly (within 30 seconds of pushing andreleasing the garage door opener trainingbutton) and firmly push and release theHomeLink® button you’ve just programmed.

Push and release the HomeLink® button upto three times to complete the training.

8. Your HomeLink® button should now beprogrammed. To program the remainingHomeLink® buttons for additional door orgate openers, follow steps 2 through 8 only.

NOTE:Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to“clear” all previously programmed Home-Link® buttons.

If you have any questions or are having difficultyprogramming your HomeLink® buttons, pleaserefer to the HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS

Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations requiredhand-held transmitters to stop transmitting after2 seconds. To program your hand-held trans-mitter to HomeLink®, continue to push and holdthe HomeLink® button (note steps 2 through 4under “Programming HomeLink®”) while youpush and re-push (“cycle”) your hand-heldtransmitter every 2 seconds until the indicatorlight flashes rapidly (indicating successful pro-gramming).

NOTE:If programming a garage door opener, etc.,it is advised to unplug the device duringthe “cycling” process to prevent possibledamage to the garage door opener com-ponents.

OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNI-VERSAL TRANSCEIVER

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (once pro-grammed) may now be used to activate thegarage door, etc. To operate, simply push theappropriate programmed HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver button. The red indicator light willilluminate while the signal is being transmitted.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAG-NOSIS

If HomeLink® does not quickly learn the hand-held transmitter information:

. replace the hand-held transmitter batterieswith new batteries.

. position the hand-held transmitter with itsbattery area facing away from the Home-Link® surface.

. push and hold both the HomeLink® andhand-held transmitter buttons without inter-ruption.

. position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in

2-62 Instruments and controls

Page 148: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (143,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

(50 to 127 mm) away from the HomeLink®surface. Hold the transmitter in that positionfor up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink® is notprogrammed within that time, try holding thetransmitter in another position - keeping theindicator light in view at all times.

If you continue to have programming difficulties,please contact the NISSAN Consumer AffairsDepartment. The phone numbers are located inthe Foreword of this Owner’s Manual.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN-FORMATION

Individual buttons cannot be cleared, however toclear all programming, push and hold the twooutside buttons and release when the indicatorlight begins to flash (in approximately 20seconds).

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink® BUTTON

To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal Transcei-ver button, complete the following.

1. Push and hold the desired HomeLink®button. Do not release the button until step4 has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins to flashslowly (after 20 seconds), position thehand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in (50 to 127mm) away from the HomeLink® surface.

3. Push and hold the hand-held transmitterbutton.

4. The HomeLink® indicator light will flash, firstslowly and then rapidly. When the indicatorlight begins to flash rapidly, release bothbuttons.

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttonhas now been reprogrammed. The new devicecan be activated by pushing the HomeLink®button that was just programmed. This proce-dure will not affect any other programmedHomeLink® buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN

If your vehicle is stolen, you should change thecodes of any non-rolling code device that hasbeen programmed into HomeLink®. Consult theOwner’s Manual of each device or call themanufacturer or dealer of those devices foradditional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Univer-sal Transceiver with your new transmitterinformation.

FCC Notice:

This device complies with FCC rules part15. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference and (2) This

device must accept any interference thatmay be received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

The transmitter has been tested andcomplies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the device.

DOC: ISTC 1763K1313

FCC I.D.: CB2V67690

Instruments and controls 2-63

Page 149: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (144,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

MEMO

2-64 Instruments and controls

Page 150: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (13,1)

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Intelligent Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Automatic door lock system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Locking with mechanical key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Opening the doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

Intelligent Key system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Intelligent Key functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9Remote keyless entry functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Setting hazard indicator and horn mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

Trunk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Trunk open request switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Trunk lid release switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Trunk release power cancel switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Opening and closing the trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Emergency trunk lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Opening the fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Closing the fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Tilt/telescopic steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26

Inside mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Outside mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Vanity mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28

Page 151: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (146,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

A key number plate is supplied with your keys.Record the key number and keep it in a safeplace (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. Ifyou lose your keys, see a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the keynumber. NISSAN does not record any keynumbers so it is very important to keep track ofyour key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when you havelost all keys and do not have one to duplicatefrom. If you still have a key, this key can beduplicated by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

1. Intelligent Key (2 sets)

2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Keys) (2 sets)

3. Key number plate (1 set)

INTELLIGENT KEY

Your vehicle can only be driven with theIntelligent Keys which are registered to yourvehicle’s Intelligent Key system components andNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo-nents. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. The newkeys must be registered by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer prior to use with the IntelligentKey system and NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem of your vehicle. Since the registrationprocess requires erasing all memory in theIntelligent Key components when registering

new keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keysthat you have to a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.

NOTICE

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when driving. The Intelli-gent Key is a precision device with abuilt-in transmitter. To avoid dama-ging it, please note the following.

— The Intelligent Key is waterresistant; however, wetting maydamage the Intelligent Key. Ifthe Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is com-pletely dry.

— Do not bend, drop or strike itagainst another object.

— Do not place the Intelligent Keyfor an extended period in aplace where temperatures ex-ceed 1408F (608C).

— Do not change or modify theIntelligent Key.

— Do not use a magnet key holder.

— Do not place the Intelligent Keynear an electric appliance suchas a television set, personal

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

KEYS

Page 152: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (147,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

computer or cellular phone.

— Do not allow the Intelligent Keyto come into contact with wateror salt water, and do not wash itin a washing machine. Thiscould affect the system function.

. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,NISSAN recommends erasing the IDcode of that Intelligent Key. This willprevent the Intelligent Key fromunauthorized use to unlock thevehicle. For information regardingthe erasing procedure, please con-tact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

Mechanical keyTo remove the mechanical key, release the lockknob at the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it intothe Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns tothe lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock thedoors and the glove box. ( “LOCKINGWITH MECHANICAL KEY” page 3-6)( “GLOVE BOX” page 2-55)

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key in-stalled in the Intelligent Key.

Valet hand-offWhen you have to leave a key with a valet, givethem the Intelligent Key itself and keep themechanical key with you to protect yourbelongings.

To prevent the glove box and the trunk frombeing opened during valet hand-off, follow theprocedures below.

1. Push the trunk release power cancel switchto the OFF side. ( “TRUNK RELEASEPOWER CANCEL SWITCH” page 3-20)

2. Remove the mechanical key from the In-telligent Key.

3. Lock the glove box with the mechanical key.( “GLOVE BOX” page 2-55)

4. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet, keepingthe mechanical key in your pocket or bag forinsertion into the Intelligent Key when youretrieve your vehicle.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

Page 153: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (148,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

WARNING

. Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helpingto prevent persons from beingthrown from the vehicle. This alsohelps keep children and others fromunintentionally opening the doors,and will help keep out intruders.

. Before opening any door, alwayslook for and avoid oncoming traffic.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

CAUTION

To prevent theft or accidents, be sure tostop the engine and lock the doorsbefore stepping away from the vehicle.

NOTICE

When the battery cable is removed fromthe battery terminal, do not close eitherof the front doors. The automatic win-dow adjusting function will not work,and the side roof panel may be da-maged. ( “Automatic adjustingfunction” page 2-58)

NOTE:. The doors of this vehicle are somewhat

harder to close than those of anordinary vehicle (especially when thevehicle is new). This is because thestiffness of the rubber has been in-creased to improve the airtightness ofthe vehicle interior during situationssuch as higher speed driving. This doesnot indicate that there is a malfunction.

. When the driver’s door is locked orunlocked, the fuel-filler door is auto-matically locked or unlocked at thesame time.

When the door is being opened, the window isautomatically lowered slightly to avoid contactbetween the window and the side roof panel.When the door is closed, the window isautomatically raised slightly. ( “Automatic

adjusting function” page 2-58)

3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

DOORS

Page 154: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (149,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB

To lock a door individually, push down the insidelock knob to the lock position*1 then close thedoor.

To unlock, lift up the inside lock knob to theunlock position *2 .

NOTE:When locking the door without an Intelli-gent Key, be sure not to leave the Intelli-gent Key inside the vehicle.

LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCH

Operating the power door lock switch will lockor unlock all the doors. The switches are locatedon the driver’s and front passenger’s doorarmrests.

To lock the doors, push the power door lockswitch to the lock position *1 with the driver’sor front passenger’s door open, then close thedoor.

NOTE:When locking the door this way, be surenot to leave the Intelligent Key inside thevehicle.

To unlock the doors, push the power door lockswitch to the unlock position *2 .

Lockout protectionWhen the power door lock switch (driver or frontpassenger) is moved to the lock position withthe Intelligent Key left in the key port and anydoor open, all doors will lock and unlockautomatically.

When the power door lock switch (driver or frontpassenger) is moved to the lock position withthe Intelligent Key left in the vehicle (not in theIntelligent Key port) and any door open, all doorswill unlock automatically and a chime will soundafter the door is closed.

These functions help to prevent the IntelligentKey from being accidentally locked inside thevehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

. All doors will be locked automatically whenthe vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24km/h).

. All doors will be unlocked automaticallywhen the ignition switch is turned to theOFF position.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5

Page 155: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (150,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

To activate or deactivate the automatic door locksystem, perform the following procedure:

1. Close all doors.

2. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.

3. Within 20 seconds, push and hold thepower door lock switch:

. to the LOCK position for more than 5seconds to enable or disable the auto-matic lock function, or

. to the UNLOCK position for more that 5seconds to enable or disable the auto-matic unlock function.

4. When activated, the hazard indicator willflash twice. When deactivated, the hazardindicator will flash once.

5. The ignition switch must be turned OFF andON again between each setting change.

LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY

The driver’s door will be locked or unlockedusing the mechanical key.

1. Press the rear end of the driver’s outsidedoor handle *1 to lift up the front end *2 .

2. With the outside door handle lifted up, usethe mechanical key and turn the key cylindercap *A counterclockwise to remove.

3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Page 156: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (151,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

3. Turning the door key cylinder to the front ofthe vehicle *1 will lock the driver’s door,and turning to the rear of the vehicle*2 willunlock the driver’s door.

4. Replace the key cylinder cap in the reverseorder.

NOTICE

Do not drive with the cap removed.Water that enters through the keyholemay cause a malfunction.

NOTE:. Do not pull too hard on the door handle

when locking or unlocking the doors.Pulling too hard will prevent the me-chanical key from turning, making itimpossible to lock or unlock the doors.

. Unlocking the driver’s door using themechanical key will not unlock the fuel-filler door.

OPENING THE DOORS

Opening from outside the vehicle1. Press the rear end of the outside door

handle *1 to lift up the front end of thehandle.

2. Pull the front end of the outside door handle*2 toward you.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7

Page 157: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (152,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Opening from inside the vehicleLift up the inside door handle to open a doorfrom inside the vehicle.

NOTICE

Do not grasp the door pockets to openand close the doors. Doing so maydamage the pockets.

WARNING

. Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should con-tact the electric medical equipmentmanufacturer for the possible influ-ences before use.

. The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons arepushed. The Federal AviationAgency (FAA) advises the radiowaves may affect aircraft navigationand communication systems. Do notoperate the Intelligent Key while onan airplane. Make sure the buttonsare not operated unintentionallywhen the unit is stored for a flight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate all thedoor locks using the remote controller functionor pushing the request switch on the vehiclewithout taking the key out from a pocket orpurse. The operating environment and/or condi-tions may affect the Intelligent Key systemoperation.

Be sure to read the following before using theIntelligent Key system.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when operating the vehi-cle.

. Never leave the Intelligent Key inthe vehicle when you leave thevehicle.

. The Intelligent Key is always communicatingwith the vehicle as it receives radio waves.The Intelligent Key system transmits weakradio waves. Environmental conditions mayinterfere with the operation of the IntelligentKey system under the following operatingconditions. In such cases, correct theoperating conditions before using the In-telligent Key function or use the mechanicalkey.

— When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted, suchas a TV tower, power station andbroadcasting station.

— When in possession of wireless equip-ment, such as a cellular telephone,transceiver, and CB radio.

— When the Intelligent Key is in contactwith or covered by metallic materials.

— When any type of radio wave remotecontrol is used nearby.

3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Page 158: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (153,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

— When the Intelligent Key is placed nearan electric appliance such as a personalcomputer.

— When the vehicle is parked near aparking meter.

. Although the life of the battery variesdepending on the operating conditions, thebattery’s life is approximately 2 years. If thebattery is discharged, replace it with a newone. ( “INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERYREPLACEMENT” page 8-23)

. Since the Intelligent Key is continuouslyreceiving radio waves, if the key is left nearequipment which transmits strong radiowaves, such as signals from a TV andpersonal computer, the battery life maybecome shorter.

. Because the steering wheel is lockedelectrically, unlocking the steering wheelwith the ignition switch in the LOCK positionis impossible when the vehicle battery iscompletely discharged. Pay special atten-tion that the vehicle battery is not completelydischarged.

. Do not push the door handle request switchwith the Intelligent Key held in your hand.The close distance to the door handle willcause the Intelligent Key system to havedifficulty recognizing that the Intelligent Keyis outside the vehicle.

. After locking the doors, check that the doorsare securely locked by testing them.

. To prevent the Intelligent Key from being leftinside the vehicle, make sure you carry thekey with you and then lock the doors.

. To prevent the Intelligent Key from being leftinside the trunk, make sure you carry the keywith you and then close the trunk.

. Do not pull the door handle before pushingthe door handle request switch. The doorwill be unlocked but will not open. Releasethe door handle once and pull it again toopen the door.

INTELLIGENT KEY FUNCTIONS

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, fuel-fillerdoor and trunk lid by pushing the request switchon the outside door handles and the trunk lid.

Intelligent Key operating rangeThe Intelligent Key functions can only be usedwhen the Intelligent Key is within the specifiedoperating range from the request switch. Theoperating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm) fromeach request switch.

NOTE:. When the Intelligent Key battery is

discharged or strong radio waves arepresent near the operating location,the Intelligent Key system’s operatingrange becomes narrower, and the In-telligent Key may not function properly.

. If the Intelligent Key is too close to thedoor glass, handle or rear bumper, the

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9

Page 159: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (154,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

request switches may not function.

. When the Intelligent Key is within theoperating range, it is possible for any-one who does not carry the IntelligentKey to push the request switch to lock/unlock the doors.

Intelligent Key operationYou can lock or unlock the doors without takingthe key out from your pocket or bag.

When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, youcan lock or unlock all doors by pushing the doorhandle request switch *A within the range ofoperation.

NOTE:. When the driver’s door is locked or

unlocked, the fuel-filler door is auto-matically locked or unlocked at thesame time.

. When you lock or unlock the doors orthe trunk lid, the hazard indicator willflash and the horn (or the outsidechime) will sound as a confirmation.( “SETTING HAZARD INDICATORAND HORN MODE” page 3-13)

3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Page 160: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (155,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Locking doors:1. Move the shift lever to the &P position, push

the ignition switch to the OFF position andmake sure you carry the Intelligent Key withyou.

2. Close all the doors.

3. Push the driver’s or front passenger’s doorhandle request switch while carrying theIntelligent Key with you.

4. All the doors will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and theoutside chime sounds twice.

NOTE:. Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key

while the ignition switch is in the ACCor ON position.

. Doors will not lock with the IntelligentKey while any door is open.

. Doors will not lock by pushing the doorhandle request switch with the Intelli-gent Key inside the vehicle.However, when an Intelligent Key isinside the vehicle, doors can be lockedwith another registered Intelligent Key.

Unlocking doors:1. Push the driver’s or front passenger’s door

handle request switch once while carryingthe Intelligent Key with you.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once and out-side chime sounds once. The correspondingdoor will unlock.

3. Push the door handle request switch againwithin 1 minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once and out-side chime sounds once again. All the doorswill unlock.

NOTE:All doors will be locked automaticallyunless one of the following operations isperformed within 1 minute after pushingthe request switch while the doors arelocked. If during this 1-minute time period,the request switch is pushed, all doors willbe locked automatically after another 1minute.

. Opening any door

. Pushing the ignition switch

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11

Page 161: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (156,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Opening trunk lid:1. Push the trunk open request switch *A for

more than 1 second.

2. The trunk will unlatch. An outside chime willsound four times.

3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.

NOTE:. To prevent the Intelligent Key from

being accidentally locked in the trunk,lockout protection is equipped with theIntelligent Key system.

. When the trunk lid is closed with theIntelligent Key inside the trunk, theoutside buzzer will sound and the trunkwill open.

Battery saver systemWhen all the following conditions are met for 60minutes, the battery saver system will cut off thepower supply to prevent battery discharge.

. The ignition switch is in the ACC position,and

. All doors are closed, and

. The shift lever is in the &P position.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNC-TIONS

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, fuel-fillerdoor, and activate the panic alarm by pushingthe buttons on the Intelligent Key.

NOTE:Before locking the doors, make sure theIntelligent Key is not left in the vehicle.

Remote keyless entry operatingrangeThe LOCK/UNLOCK button on the IntelligentKey can operate at a distance of approximately33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The effectivedistance depends upon the conditions aroundthe vehicle.)

The lock and unlock buttons on the IntelligentKey will not operate when:

. the distance between the Intelligent Key andthe vehicle is over 33 ft (10 m).

. the Intelligent Key battery runs down.

The LOCK/UNLOCK operating range variesdepending on the environment. To securelyoperate the lock and unlock buttons, approachthe vehicle to about 3 ft (1 m) from the door.

Remote keyless entry operation

NOTE:. When the driver’s door is locked or

unlocked, the fuel-filler door is auto-matically locked or unlocked at thesame time.

. When you lock or unlock the doors orthe trunk lid, the hazard indicator willflash and the horn (or the outsidechime) will sound as a confirmation.( “SETTING HAZARD INDICATORAND HORN MODE” page 3-13)

3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Page 162: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (157,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Locking doors:1. Move the shift lever to the &P position, push

the ignition switch to the OFF position, andmake sure you carry the Intelligent Key withyou.

2. Close all the doors.

3. Push the LOCK button *1 on theIntelligent Key.

4. All the doors will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and thehorn chirps once.

NOTE:. Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key

while the ignition switch is in the ACCor ON position.

. Doors will not lock with the IntelligentKey while any door is open.

Unlocking doors:1. Push the UNLOCK button *2 on the

Intelligent Key once.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once. Thedriver’s door will unlock.

3. Push the UNLOCK button *2 on theIntelligent Key again within 60 seconds.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once again. Allthe doors will unlock.

All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed within 1minute after pushing the UNLOCK button on theIntelligent Key while the doors are locked. Ifduring this 1-minute time period, the UNLOCKbutton on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all doorswill be locked automatically after another 1minute.

. Opening any door

. Pushing the ignition switch

Opening trunk lid:1. Push the TRUNK button *3 on the

Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.

2. The trunk will unlatch.

3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.

Using panic alarm:If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,you may activate the alarm to call attention asfollows:

1. Push the PANIC button *4 on theIntelligent Key for more than 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlights willstay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:

. It has run for 25 seconds, or

. Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Keyare pushed. (Note: the panic buttonshould be pushed for more than 1second to turn the panic alarm off.)

SETTING HAZARD INDICATOR ANDHORN MODE

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and hornmode when you first receive the vehicle.

When you lock/unlock the doors, the hazardindicator will flash and the horn (or the outsidechime) will sound as a confirmation.

The following descriptions show how the hazardindicator and horn will activate when locking/unlocking the doors and how the horn featurecan be deactivated.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13

Page 163: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (158,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Hazard indicator and horn mode

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system

(Using door handle request switch or trunkopen request switch)

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME - twice

HAZARD - onceOUTSIDE CHIME - once

HAZARD - noneOUTSIDE CHIME - 4 times

Remote keyless entry system

(Using , or button)HAZARD - twiceHORN - once

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

HAZARD - noneHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system

(Using door handle request switch or trunkopen request switch)

HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none HAZARD - none

Remote keyless entry system

(Using , or button) HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none HAZARD - none

Switching procedureThe horn beep feature can be deactivated withthe following procedures.

1. Push the LOCK and UNLOCKbuttons simultaneously for more than 2seconds.

2. The hazard indicator flashes 3 times.

3. The horn beep feature will be deactivated(Hazard indicator mode).

4. To reactivate the horn beep feature (Hazardindicator and horn mode), push the buttonsonce more. The hazard indicator flashesonce and the horn beeps once.

3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Page 164: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (159,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

WARNING SIGNALS

To help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly due to an erroneous operation ofthe Intelligent Key listed on the following chart orto help prevent the vehicle from being stolen, achime or beep sounds inside and outside thevehicle and a warning displays in the vehicleinformation display. ( “WARNING DIS-PLAY” page 2-31) ( “OPERATION DIS-PLAYS” page 2-39)

When a chime or beep sounds or a warningdisplays, be sure to check the vehicle and theIntelligent Key.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15

Page 165: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (160,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the ignitionswitch to stop the engine

The SHIFT P warning appears on the display andthe inside warning chime sounds continuously.

The shift lever is not in the &P position. Shift the shift lever to the &P position.

When opening the driver’s doorto get out of the vehicle

The inside warning chime sounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACCposition.

Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

The Intelligent Key is in the IntelligentKey port.

Remove the Intelligent Key from theIntelligent Key port.

When closing the door aftergetting out of the vehicle

The NO KEY warning appears on the display, theoutside chime sounds 3 times and the insidewarning chime sounds for approximately 3 seconds.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

The SHIFT P warning appears on the display andthe outside chime sounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC orOFF position and the shift lever is not inthe &P position.

Move the shift lever to the &P position andpush the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

When closing the door with theinside lock knob turned to LOCK

The outside chime sounds for approximately 3seconds and all the doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicleor trunk.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the door handlerequest switch to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for approximately 2seconds.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicleor trunk.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.

The door handle request switch ispushed before the door is closed.

Push the door handle request switch afterthe door is closed.

When closing the trunk lidThe outside chime sounds for approximately 10seconds and the trunk lid opens.

The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Page 166: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (161,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

OPENING THE HOOD

1. Pull the hood lock release handle *1located below the instrument panel. Thehood will then spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever *2 at the front of the hoodwith your fingertips and raise the hood.

3. Grasp the insulated part of the stay*3 andrelease it from the hook, then securely insertit into the hood hole *4 .

WARNING

If you see steam or smoke coming fromthe engine compartment, do not openthe hood. Doing so could cause injury.

CAUTION

. Do not insert hands, clothing, toolsor other items into the enginecompartment while the engine isrunning.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17

HOOD

Page 167: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (162,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

. Do not touch the exhaust systemparts, radiator or other hot partsuntil the engine and the parts havecooled.

NOTICE

Do not open the hood while the wiperarms are lifted away from the wind-shield. The hood and wipers will bedamaged.

CLOSING THE HOOD

1. While supporting the hood, store the stay tothe original position.

2. Slowly lower the hood. When it is at a heightof 1 ft (30 cm) or higher, drop the hood andmake sure that both sides of the hoodsecurely lock in place.

WARNING

. Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause thehood to open and result in anaccident.

. Be sure to check that the hood issecurely closed before driving. Ifboth sides of the hood are notlocked in place, the hood may openduring driving, possibly causing anaccident.

CAUTION

When closing the hood, lower it slowlyso that hands or other items do not getcaught.

NOTE:Because the hood of this vehicle requiresmore force to close than that for othervehicles, the hood will be difficult to closeif you lower it all the way and then attemptto press it closed. Be sure to drop the hoodfrom a height of approximately 1 ft (30 cm)and be sure that both sides securely lockin place.

3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Page 168: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (163,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

WARNING

. Do not drive with the trunk lid open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.( “EXHAUST GAS (carbon mon-oxide)” page 5-2)

. Closely supervise children whenthey are around cars to preventthem from playing and becominglocked in the trunk where they couldbe seriously injured. Keep the carlocked, with the trunk closed, whennot in use, and prevent children’saccess to Intelligent Keys. TRUNK OPEN REQUEST SWITCH

The trunk lid can be opened by pushing thetrunk open request switch *A when theIntelligent Key is within the operating range ofthe trunk lock/unlock function regardless of theinside lock knob position. ( “INTELLIGENTKEY SYSTEM” page 3-8)

TRUNK LID RELEASE SWITCH

Press the trunk lid release switch downwards tounlock the trunk.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19

TRUNK

Page 169: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (164,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

TRUNK RELEASE POWER CANCELSWITCH

When the switch located inside the glove box isin the OFF position *1 , the power to the trunklid will be canceled and the trunk lid cannot beopened by the trunk lid release switch, the trunkopen request switch or the TRUNK button onthe Intelligent Key.

When you have to leave the vehicle with a valetand want to keep your belongings safe in theglove box and the trunk, push this switch to OFFand lock the glove box with the mechanical key.Then leave the vehicle and the Intelligent Keywith the valet and keep the mechanical key withyou. ( “Valet hand-off” page 3-3)

To connect the power to the trunk lid, push theswitch to the ON position *2 .

OPENING AND CLOSING THETRUNK

When opening the trunk, first unlock it then liftup the trunk lid so that it is fully open.

When closing the trunk, lower the trunk lid andpress it until it is securely locked in place.

NOTICE

. Open and close the trunk withoutgrasping the rear wing. Grasping therear wing to open or close the trunkmay damage the wing.

. Do not leave the key inside thetrunk.

3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Page 170: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (165,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

NOTE:. To prevent the Intelligent Key from

being accidentally locked in the trunk,lockout protection is equipped with theIntelligent Key system. When the trunklid is closed with the Intelligent Keyinside the trunk, the outside buzzer willsound and the trunk will open.

. The trunk of this vehicle is slightlymore difficult to close than an ordinaryvehicle (particularly when the vehicle isnew). This is because the trunk rigidityhas been increased to handle the highload on the rear wing during vehicleoperation. This does not indicate thatthere is a malfunction. Check that thetrunk is securely locked.

EMERGENCY TRUNK LID RELEASE

WARNING

Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriouslyinjured. Keep the car locked, with thetrunk lid securely latched, when not inuse, and prevent children’s access toIntelligent Keys.

The emergency trunk lid release mechanismallows opening of the trunk lid in the event thatpeople become locked inside the trunk or in the

event of the loss of electrical power such as adischarged battery.

Inside the trunkTo open the trunk lid from the inside, pull therelease handle *1 until the lock releases andpush up on the trunk lid. The release lever ismade of a material that glows in the dark after abrief exposure to ambient light.

The handle is located on the back of the trunk lidas illustrated.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21

Page 171: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (166,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

From the passenger compartmentThe trunk can be opened with the emergencytrunk lid opener located on the floor in front ofthe passenger’s seat.

1. Remove the board located on the floor infront of the passenger’s seat.

2. Insert the mechanical key into the emer-gency trunk lid opener and turn it clockwiseuntil it stops.

NOTE:Because the trunk rigidity has been in-creased to handle the high load on the rearwing during vehicle operation, more forceis required to operate the mechanical key(particularly when the vehicle is new). Besure to turn the key clockwise until itstops.

The fuel-filler door is located on the right andrear side of the vehicle.

WARNING

. Gasoline is extremely flammableand highly explosive under certainconditions. You could be burned orseriously injured if it is misused ormishandled. Always stop engineand do not smoke or allow openflames or sparks near the vehiclewhen refueling.

. Do not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzleshuts off automatically. Continuedrefueling may cause fuel overflow,resulting in fuel spray and possiblya fire.

. Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. Ithas a built-in safety valve neededfor proper operation of the fuelsystem and emission control sys-tem. An incorrect cap can result in aserious malfunction and possibleinjury. It could also cause the mal-function indicator light to come on.

. Never pour fuel into the throttle

3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

FUEL-FILLER DOOR

Page 172: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (167,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

body to attempt to start your vehi-cle.

. Do not fill a portable fuel containerin the vehicle or trailer. Static elec-tricity can cause an explosion offlammable liquid, vapor or gas inany vehicle or trailer. To reduce therisk of serious injury or death whenfilling portable fuel containers:

— Always place the container onthe ground when filling.

— Do not use electronic deviceswhen filling.

— Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you arefilling it.

— Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

NOTICE

If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoid paintdamage.

NOTE:. Insert the cap straight into the fuel-

filler tube, then tighten until the fuel-filler cap clicks. Failure to tighten the

fuel-filler cap properly may cause theMalfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

to illuminate. If the light illumi-nates because the fuel-filler cap isloose or missing, tighten or install thecap and continue to drive the vehicle.The light should turn off after afew driving trips. If the light doesnot turn off after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.( “Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)” page 2-29)

. This vehicle includes a system that cansupply fuel even during high-G (gravity)turns. The fuel tank pressure is higherwhen the vehicle is hot. If the vehicle isrefueled when the vehicle is hot, thefuel pump may automatically shut offbefore the tank is full. This does notindicate that there is a malfunction.

OPENING THE FUEL FILLER DOOR

1. Unlock the fuel-filler door by using one of thefollowing operations.

. Push the door handle request switchwith the Intelligent Key carried with you.

. Push the UNLOCK button on theIntelligent Key.

. Push the power door lock switch to theUNLOCK position.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23

Page 173: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (168,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

2. Press the rear side of the fuel-filler door torelease the door lock, and open the door.

3. Turn the cap*1 slowly counterclockwise toremove it.

During refueling, place the cap on the insideof the door *2 .

CLOSING THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR

1. Turn the cap clockwise until a click sound isheard.

2. Close the door. Lock the fuel-filler door byusing one of the following operations.

. Push the door handle request switch withthe Intelligent Key carried with you.

. Push the LOCK button on the IntelligentKey.

. Push the power door lock switch to theLOCK position.

NOTE:After a click is heard and the cap isreleased it may move slightly. This is nota malfunction.

3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Page 174: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (169,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

WARNING

. Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving. You could lose controlof your vehicle and cause an acci-dent.

. Do not adjust the steering wheelany closer to you than is necessaryfor proper steering operation andcomfort. The driver’s air bag inflateswith great force. If you are unrest-rained, leaning forward, sitting side-ways or out of position in any way,you are at greater risk of injury ordeath in a crash. You may alsoreceive serious or fatal injuries fromthe air bag if you are up against itwhen it inflates. Always sit backagainst the seatback and as faraway as practical from the steeringwheel. Always use the seat belts.

TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING COL-UMN

Tilt adjustmentThis adjusts up/down the position of thesteering wheel.

1. Press lever *A down *1 .

2. Move the steering wheel up/down *2 andstop it in an appropriate position.

3. Lift up lever*A to lock the steering wheel inposition *3 .

Telescopic adjustmentThis adjusts the forward/backward position ofthe steering wheel.

1. Press lever *B down *1 .

2. Move the steering wheel forward/backward*2 and stop it in an appropriate position.

3. Lift up lever*B to lock the steering wheel inposition *3 .

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25

STEERING WHEEL

Page 175: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (170,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Lower the sun visor to block sunlight comingfrom the forward direction.

To block sunlight coming from the side, lowerthe sun visor, then unclip it from the hook andmove it to the side.

INSIDE MIRROR

The inside mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection according tothe intensity of the headlights of the followingvehicle.

The anti-glare system will be automaticallyturned on when the ignition switch is pushedto the ON position.

When the anti-glare system is turned on, theindicator light *A will illuminate and excessiveglare from the headlights of the vehicle behindyou will be reduced.

Push the “*” switch *C to make the insiderearview mirror operate normally. The indicator

light will turn off. Push the “I” switch*D to turnthe system on.

NOTICE

Do not allow any object to cover thesensors *E or apply glass cleaner onthem. Doing so will reduce the sensi-tivity of the sensor, resulting in impro-per operation.

3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

SUN VISORS MIRRORS

Page 176: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (171,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder to properlyjudge distances to other objects.

The outside mirror will operate only when theignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Adjusting the outside mirrors1. Turn the switch right or left to select the right

or left side mirror *1 .

2. Operate the control switch*2 to adjust themirror angle.

WARNING

Adjust the mirrors before starting todrive. Adjusting the mirrors during driv-ing is dangerous as it reduces thedriver’s attention to the forward direc-tion.

Folding the outside mirrorsPress the switch down *2 to fold the outsidemirrors.

Press the switch up *1 to unfold the mirrorsbefore driving.

CAUTION

. Do not touch the mirrors while theyare moving. Your hand may bepinched, and the mirror may mal-function.

. Do not drive with the mirrors stored.You will be unable to see behind thevehicle.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27

Page 177: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (172,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

. If the mirrors were folded or un-folded by hand, there is a chancethat the mirror will move forward orbackward during driving. If the mir-rors were folded or unfolded byhand, be sure to adjust them againelectrically before driving.

NOTE:. If the switch is operated continuously,

the mirror may stop before movementis completed. This does not indicatethat there is a malfunction. Wait a fewmoments, then operate the switchagain.

. If the mirrors were folded or unfoldedby hand, the mirrors may start movingwhen the ignition switch is set to theACC or ON position.

. When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, operating the rear windowdefroster will also remove frost andfog from the outside mirrors.( “REAR WINDOW DEFROSTERSWITCH” page 2-46)

VANITY MIRROR

To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the sunvisor and pull up the cover.

3-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Page 178: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (173,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

MEMO

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-29

Page 179: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (174,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

MEMO

3-30 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Page 180: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (16,1)

4 Display screen, heater, air conditionerand audio systems

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Multi Function Display Owner’s Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

Page 181: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (176,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Refer to the separate Multi Function DisplayOwner’s Manual that includes the followinginformation.

. Multi function display system

. Navigation

. Audio system

. Bluetooth® hands-free phone system

. Heater and air conditioner

. Viewing information

. Other settings

. Voice recognition

. Multi function meter

. General system information

4-2 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAYOWNER’S MANUAL

Page 182: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (177,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

MEMO

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-3

Page 183: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (19,1)

5 Starting and driving

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Three-way catalyst. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7All-Wheel Drive (AWD) driving safetyprecautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Push-button ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Operating range for engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Ignition switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Ignition switch positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Intelligent Key battery discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Dual clutch transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

VDC, transmission and suspension setupswitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

How to switch the modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Features of each mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

Turbocharger system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29

Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Steering-wheel-mounted controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Indicators and display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31Cruise control operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31

Hill Start Assist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35All-Wheel Drive (AWD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35

AWD warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35Tight corner braking phenomenon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37AWD system characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37

Limited Slip Differential (LSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37Parking/parking on hills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40

Braking precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40Parking brake break-in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41

Brake assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44

Freeing a frozen door lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44

Page 184: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (20,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Anti-freeze. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44

Special winter equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45Engine block heater (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45

Page 185: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (180,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

WARNING

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Theycould accidentally injure themselvesor others through inadvertent op-eration of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

. Closely supervise children whenthey are around cars to preventthem from playing and becominglocked in the trunk where they couldbe seriously injured. Keep the carlocked, with the rear seatback andtrunk lid securely latched when notin use, and prevent children’s accessto car keys.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING

. Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless car-bon monoxide. Carbon monoxide isdangerous. It can cause uncon-sciousness or death.

. If you suspect that exhaust fumesare entering the vehicle, drive withall windows fully open, and have thevehicle inspected immediately.

. Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

. Do not park the vehicle with theengine running for any extendedlength of time.

. Keep the trunk lid closed whiledriving, otherwise exhaust gasescould be drawn into the passengercompartment. If you must drive withthe trunk lid open, follow theseprecautions:

1) Open all the windows.

2) Set the air recirculation tooff and the fan control to high tocirculate the air.

. The exhaust system and bodyshould be inspected by a qualifiedmechanic whenever:

— The vehicle is raised for service.

— You suspect that exhaust fumesare entering into the passengercompartment.

— You notice a change in thesound of the exhaust system.

— You have had an accident invol-ving damage to the exhaustsystem, underbody, or rear ofthe vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYST

The three-way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Exhaustgases in the three-way catalyst are burned athigh temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

WARNING

. The exhaust gas and the exhaustsystem are very hot. Keep people,animals or flammable materialsaway from the exhaust system com-ponents.

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry

5-2 Starting and driving

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

Page 186: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (181,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

grass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

NOTICE

. Do not use leaded gasoline. Depos-its from leaded gasoline seriouslyreduce the three-way catalyst’s abil-ity to help reduce exhaust pollu-tants.

. Keep your engine tuned up. Mal-functions in the ignition, fuel injec-tion, or electrical systems can causeoverrich fuel flow into the three-waycatalyst, causing it to overheat. Donot keep driving if the engine mis-fires, or if noticeable loss of perfor-mance or other unusual operatingconditions are detected. Have thevehicle inspected promptly by aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

. Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, dama-ging the three-way catalyst.

. Do not race the engine while warm-ing it up.

. Do not push or tow your vehicle to

start the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)

Each tire should be checked monthly when coldand inflated to the inflation pressure recom-mended by the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tires of a different size than thesize indicated on the vehicle placard or tireinflation pressure label, you should determinethe proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or more of your tiresis significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, whenthe low tire pressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to the proper pres-sure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-ciency and tire tread life, and may affect thevehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

If the vehicle is being driven with one or more flattires, the run-flat tire warning light will illuminatecontinuously and a chime will sound for 10seconds. The chime will only sound at the firstindication of a flat tire, and the warning light will

illuminate continuously. When the Flat tirewarning is activated, have the system resetand the tire checked and replaced if necessaryby a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. Even if thetire is inflated to the specified COLD tirepressure, the warning light will continue toilluminate until the system is reset by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer. Your vehicle can bedriven for a limited time on a flat tire. ( “Run-flat tires” page 8-34)

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute forproper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’sresponsibility to maintain correct tire pressure,even if under-inflation has not reached the levelto trigger illumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly. The TPMSmalfunction indicator is combined with the lowtire pressure telltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi-mately one minute and then remain continuouslyilluminated. This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long as themalfunction exists. When the malfunction indi-cator is illuminated, the system may not be ableto detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety ofreasons, including the installation of replace-ment or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle

Starting and driving 5-3

Page 187: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (182,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunction telltaleafter replacing one or more tires or wheels onyour vehicle to ensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS tocontinue to function properly.

Additional information. The TPMS will activate only when the

vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may not detecta sudden drop in tire pressure (for example aflat tire while driving).

. The low tire pressure warning light does notautomatically turn off when the tire pressureis adjusted. After the tire is inflated to therecommended pressure, the vehicle must bedriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h)to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tirepressure warning light. Use a tire pressuregauge to check the tire pressure.

. Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s operationand the outside temperature. Low outsidetemperature can lower the temperature ofthe air inside the tire which can cause alower tire inflation pressure. Altitude canalso affect tire pressure. These may causethe low tire pressure warning light toilluminate. If the warning light illuminates,check the tire pressure for all four tires.

. GT-R vehicles are delivered from the factorywith nitrogen-filled tires. For best perfor-mance, NISSAN recommends that GT-Rowners maintain their vehicles by usingnitrogen for tire inflation. Because nitrogenis more stable than compressed air, it is lessprone to pressure fluctuation resulting fromtemperature variations. If nitrogen is notavailable, compressed air may be safelyused under normal driving conditions. How-ever, NISSAN recommends refilling withNitrogen for maximum tire performance.

. The Tire and Loading Information label (alsoreferred to as the vehicle placard or tireinflation pressure label) is located in thedriver’s door opening.

. You can also check the pressure of all tireson the multi function display. Refer to theseparate Multi Function Display Owner’sManual.

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates or LOW PRESSURE in-formation is displayed on the moni-tor screen while driving, avoidsudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehiclespeed, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop the vehicle as

soon as possible. Driving with un-der-inflated tires may permanentlydamage the tires and increase thelikelihood of tire failure. Seriousvehicle damage could occur andmay lead to an accident and couldresult in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the lowtire pressure warning light off. If thelight still illuminates while drivingafter adjusting the tire pressure, atire may be flat.

. Although you can continue drivingwith a punctured run-flat tire, re-member that vehicle handling sta-bility is reduced, which could lead toan accident and personal injury.Also, driving a long distance at highspeeds may damage the tires.

. Do not drive at speeds above 50MPH (80 km/h) and do not drivemore than 50 miles (80 km) with apunctured run-flat tire. The actualdistance the vehicle can be drivenon a flat tire depends on outside

5-4 Starting and driving

Page 188: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (183,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

temperature, vehicle load, road con-ditions and other factors.

. When a wheel is replaced, the TPMSwill not function and the low tirepressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute. The lightwill remain on after 1 minute. Con-tact your GT-R certified NISSANdealer as soon as possible for tirereplacement and/or system reset-ting.

. Replacing tires with those not ori-ginally specified by NISSAN couldaffect the proper operation of theTPMS.

. Do not inject any tire liquid oraerosol tire sealant into the tires,as this may cause a malfunction ofthe tire pressure sensors.

NOTICE

. The TPMSmay not function properlywhen the wheels are equipped withtire chains or the wheels are buriedin snow.

. Do not place metalized film or anymetal parts (antenna, etc.) on the

windows. This may cause poor re-ception of the signals from the tirepressure sensors, and the TPMS willnot function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may temporarilyinterfere with the operation of the TPMS andcause the low tire pressure warning light toilluminate. Some examples are:

. Facilities or electric devices using similarradio frequencies are near the vehicle.

. If a transmitter set to similar frequencies isbeing used in or near the vehicle.

. If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/AC converter is being used in or near thevehicle.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry Cana-da.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference received,

including interference that may cause un-desired operation of the device.

AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL-OVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in lossof control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obeyall traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed,high speed cornering, or sudden steeringmaneuvers, because these driving practicescould cause you to lose control of your vehicle.As with any vehicle, a loss of control couldresult in a collision with other vehicles orobjects, or cause the vehicle to rollover,particularly if the loss of control causes thevehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at alltimes, and avoid driving when tired. Never drivewhen under the influence of alcohol or drugs(including prescription or over-the-counterdrugs which may cause drowsiness). Alwayswear your seat belt as outlined in this manual,and also instruct your passengers to do so.( “SEAT BELTS” page 1-6)

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, anunbelted or improperly belted person is

Starting and driving 5-5

Page 189: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (184,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

significantly more likely to be injured orkilled than a person properly wearing aseat belt.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERY

While driving, the right side or left side wheelsmay unintentionally leave the road surface. If thisoccurs, maintain control of the vehicle byfollowing the procedure below. Please note thatthis procedure is only a general guide. Thevehicle must be driven as appropriate based onthe conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.

4. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while the vehiclespeed is reduced. Do not attempt to drivethe vehicle back onto the road surface untilvehicle speed is reduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn thesteering wheel until both tires return to theroad surface. When all tires are on the roadsurface, steer the vehicle to stay in theappropriate driving lane.

. If you decide that it is not safe to returnthe vehicle to the road surface based onvehicle, road or traffic conditions, gra-dually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safeplace off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS

Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or is damaged dueto hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressureloss can also be caused by driving on under-inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handlingand stability of the vehicle, especially at highwayspeeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by main-taining the correct air pressure and visuallyinspect the tires for wear and damage.( “WHEELS AND TIRES” page 8-28)

If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blows-out”while driving maintain control of the vehicle byfollowing the procedure below. Please note thatthis procedure is only a general guide. Thevehicle must be driven as appropriate based onthe conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle if

there is a sudden loss of tire airpressure. Losing control of the vehiclemay cause a collision and result inpersonal injury.

. The vehicle generally moves or pullsin the direction of the flat tire.

. Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

. Do not rapidly release the accelera-tor pedal.

. Do not rapidly turn the steeringwheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.

3. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe locationoff the road and away from traffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to graduallystop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers andcontact a roadside emergency service tochange the tire.

5-6 Starting and driving

Page 190: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (185,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood-stream reduces coordination, delaysreaction time and impairs judgement.Driving after drinking alcohol increasesthe likelihood of being involved in anaccident injuring yourself and others.Additionally, if you are injured in anaccident, alcohol can increase the se-verity of the injury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However,you must choose not to drive under the influenceof alcohol. Every year thousands of people areinjured or killed in alcohol-related accidents.Although the local laws vary on what isconsidered to be legally intoxicated, the fact isthat alcohol affects all people differently andmost people underestimate the effects ofalcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! Andthat is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter,prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive ifyour ability to operate your vehicle is impaired byalcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition.

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) DRIVINGSAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WARNING

. Do not drive beyond the perfor-mance capability of the tires, evenwith AWD engaged. Acceleratingquickly, sharp steering maneuversor sudden braking may cause lossof control.

. Always use the specified tires on allfour wheels. Install tire chains onthe rear wheels when driving onslippery roads and drive carefully.

. This vehicle is not designed foroffroad (rough road) use. Do notdrive on sandy or muddy roads thattires may get stuck in.

. Do not attempt to raise two wheelsoff the ground and shift the trans-mission to any &A↔&M or &R positionwith the engine running. Doing somay result in drivetrain damage orunexpected vehicle movementwhich could result in serious vehicledamage or personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-

namometer, (such as the dynam-ometers used by some states foremissions testing), or similar equip-ment even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make sureyou inform test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped withAWD before it is placed on adynamometer. Using the wrong testequipment may result in drivetraindamage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result inserious vehicle damage or personalinjury.

. When a wheel is off the ground dueto an unlevel surface, do not spinthe wheel excessively.

Starting and driving 5-7

Page 191: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (186,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

WARNING

Do not operate the push-button ignitionswitch while driving the vehicle exceptin an emergency. (The engine will stopwhen the ignition switch is pushedthree consecutive times or the ignitionswitch is pushed and held for more than2 seconds.) If the engine stops whilethe vehicle is being driven, this couldlead to a crash and serious injury.

Before operating the push-button ignitionswitch, be sure to move the shift lever to the&P position.

OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINESTART

The operating range for starting the engineinside the vehicle is shown in the illustration.

. If the Intelligent Key is on the instrumentpanel, rear parcel shelf, inside the glove boxor door pocket, or the corner of interiorcompartment, it may not be possible to startthe engine.

. If the Intelligent Key is near the door or doorglass outside the vehicle, it may be possibleto start the engine.

IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION

When the Intelligent Key is carried with you andthe ignition switch is pushed without depressingthe brake pedal, the ignition switch position willchange as follows:

. Push center once to change to ACC.

. Push center two times to change to ON.

. Push center three times to change to OFF.(No position illuminates.)

. Push center four times to return to ACC.

. Open or close any door to return to LOCKduring the OFF position.

5-8 Starting and driving

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

Page 192: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (187,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS

LOCK (Normal parking position)The ignition switch can only be locked in thisposition.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when it ispushed to the ACC position while carrying theIntelligent Key or with the Intelligent Key insertedin the port.

ACC (Accessories)This position activates electrical accessoriessuch as the radio, when the engine is notrunning.

ON (Normal operating position)This position turns on the ignition system andelectrical accessories.

OFFThe engine can be turned off without locking thesteering wheel.

The ignition lock is designed so that the ignitionswitch cannot be switched to the LOCK positionuntil the shift lever is moved to the &P position.

NOTE:. If the steering lock release malfunction

indicator appears on the vehicle infor-mation display when the ignitionswitch is pressed, press the ignitionswitch again while gently turning the

steering wheel left and right.( “STEERING LOCK RELEASEMALFUNCTION INDICATOR” page 2-41)

. If the shift &P warning appears on thevehicle information display when theignition switch is pushed, the shift leveris in any position except the &P posi-tion. Move the shift lever to the &Pposition. ( “SHIFT “P” WARNING”page 2-40)

. If the Intelligent Key battery dischargeindicator appears on the vehicle infor-mation display, the Intelligent Keybattery is discharged and the ignitionswitch will not operate. Insert theIntelligent Key into the key port tooperate the ignition switch.( “INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERYDISCHARGE INDICATOR” page 2-42)

. When all of the following conditionsare met for 60 minutes, the batterysaver system will cut off the powersupply to prevent battery discharge.

— The ignition switch is in the ACCposition, and

— All doors are closed, and

— The shift lever is in the &P position.

. Do not leave the vehicle with theignition switch in the ACC or ONposition when the engine is not run-ning for an extended period of time.This can discharge the battery.

Starting and driving 5-9

Page 193: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (188,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS-CHARGE

If the battery of the Intelligent Key is almostdischarged, the guide light *1 of the IntelligentKey port blinks and the indicator appears on thevehicle information display.( “INTELLIGENT KEY INSERTION INDI-CATOR” page 2-41)

In this case, inserting the Intelligent Key into theport allows you to start the engine. Make surethat the mechanical key side faces backward asillustrated. Insert the Intelligent Key in the portuntil it is latched and secured.

To remove the Intelligent Key from the port, pushthe ignition switch to the OFF position and pull

the Intelligent Key out of the port.

NOTICE

Never place anything except the Intelli-gent Key in the Intelligent Key port.Doing so may cause damage to theequipment.

NOTE:. Make sure the Intelligent Key is in the

correct direction when inserting it intothe Intelligent Key port. The enginemay not start if it is in the incorrectdirection.

. Remove the Intelligent Key from theIntelligent Key port after the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position.

5-10 Starting and driving

Page 194: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (189,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

. The Intelligent Key port does notcharge the Intelligent Key battery. Ifyou see the low battery indicator in thevehicle information display, replace thebattery as soon as possible.( “INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY RE-PLACEMENT” page 8-23)

. Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

. Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-ant, brake fluid and window washer fluid asfrequently as possible, or at least wheneveryou refuel.

. Check that all windows and lights are clean.

. Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.

. Lock all doors.

. Position seat.

. Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

. Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers todo likewise.

. Check the operation of warning lights whenthe ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition. ( “WARNING/INDICATORLIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS”page 2-23)

NOTE:. This vehicle includes spark plugs that

are designed for maximum perfor-mance. If the start time becomes long-er, the plugs may be fouled, making theengine difficult to start. If this occurs,start the engine using the proceduredescribed in this section.

. A click sound may be heard when thebrake pedal is depressed and released.This is normal.

. A low rattling operating sound mayoccur when the engine is started orstopped. This does not indicate thatthere is a malfunction. This sound islikely to occur in particular if the engineis stopped when the temperature of thetransmission oil is high.

Starting and driving 5-11

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE

Page 195: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (190,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

1. Check the positions of the accelerator pedal*1 and brake pedal*2 . Adjust the steeringwheel and seat positions so that the correctdriving posture is achieved. ( “FRONTSEATS” page 1-3)

2. Check that the parking brake is engaged.

3. Check that the shift lever is in the &P or &Nposition. (&P is recommended.)

4. Firmly depress the brake pedal. Withoutdepressing the accelerator pedal, press theignition switch once to start the engine.

5. To stop the engine, move the shift lever tothe &P position, and push the ignition switchto the OFF position.

NOTE:. If the engine is difficult to start, de-

press the accelerator pedal all the wayto the floor and hold it. Push theignition switch with the brake pedaldepressed to start cranking the engine.After 5 or 6 seconds, stop cranking bypushing the ignition switch to the OFFposition, and then release the accel-erator pedal. Then perform steps 1 to 4to start the engine. If the engine starts,but fails to run, repeat this procedure.

. Starting and stopping the engine over ashort period of time may make thevehicle more difficult to start. If thisoccurs, wait for more than 3 minutes,and then press the ignition switchagain to start the engine.

. To maintain high performance over along period of time, the engine speed islimited to 5,000 rpm when the engine isrevved with the shift lever in the &N or

&P position, and to 4,000 rpm when theengine oil or coolant temperature islow or higher than normal.

. If the ignition switch is pressed beforethe shift lever is moved to the &Pposition, the ignition switch will notchange to the OFF position. If this

occurs, the SHIFT &P warning displayappears on the vehicle informationdisplay. When stopping the engine, besure to move the shift lever to the &Pposition and then press the ignitionswitch. Failure to do so may result indischarge of the battery. ( “SHIFT“P” WARNING” page 2-40)

. If the shift lever was in the&A↔&M or&Rposition when the engine was stopped,then be sure to move the shift lever tothe &P position before starting theengine the next time. If the engine isstarted with the shift lever in the &Nposition, then it may not be possible todrive the vehicle even when the shiftlever is moved to the &A↔&M or &Rposition. If this occurs, the SHIFT &Pwarning appears on the vehicle infor-mation display. ( “SHIFT “P”WARNING” page 2-40)

CAUTION

If the engine was stopped soon whenthe engine is hot, the cooling fan mayoperate for approximately 2 minutesafter the engine was stopped to coolthe components in the engine compart-

5-12 Starting and driving

Page 196: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (191,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

ment. When the cooling fan is operat-ing, be sure that hands or other itemsdo not get caught in it.

DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION

The GT-R dual clutch transmission is a newly-developed system that uses an electronicallycontrolled multiple-disc wet clutch attached tothe highly efficient manual transmission. Thistransmission has two driving modes.

. &A position (Automatic gearshift):allows automatic shifting of the manualtransmission.

. &M position (Manual gearshift):allows quick shifting of the manual transmis-sion.

NOTE:. &M position driving is recommended

when driving up hills or acceleratingfrom a stop on a cold morning.

. &M position driving is recommended ifyou feel shift shocks or jerkiness in the

&A position in cold temperatures.

. When starting or driving on a steepuphill grade, shift to the &M positionand operate the paddle shifter to shiftdown to 1st gear similar to a manualtransmission vehicle.

The GT-R dual clutch transmission was devel-oped specifically to maximize vehicle perfor-mance and driving enjoyment. The GT-R

transmission components were designed usingdifferent engineering standards than typicalpassenger car transmissions. Because of this,the GT-R has different operating characteristics,and various rattle noises may be heard duringsome driving conditions because of the follow-ing items:

. Gear clearances

. Ultralight flywheel

. Dry sump lubrication

These noises do not indicate that there is amalfunction.

WARNING

. Do not depress the acceleratorpedal while shifting from the &P or

&N position to the &R or &A↔&Mposition. Always depress the brakepedal until shifting is completed.Failure to do so could cause lossof control and an accident.

. Cold engine idle speed is high, souse caution when shifting into aforward or reverse gear before theengine has warmed up.

. Never shift to the &P or &R positionwhile the vehicle is moving forward.

Starting and driving 5-13

DRIVING THE VEHICLE

Page 197: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (192,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Never shift to the &P or &A↔&Mposition while the vehicle is movingrearward. Doing so could cause lossof control and an accident.

. The shift lever contains a powerfulmagnet. Do not place electronicmedical devices or other electronicproducts that are susceptible tomagnetic force close to the shiftlever.

. Do not drive, accelerate or decele-rate with both the accelerator pedaland brake pedal depressed at thesame time. Doing so may damagethe transmission. Also at lowspeeds, the engine may stop, possi-bly causing an accident.

CAUTION

. Do not downshift abruptly on slip-pery roads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

. Because the vehicle includes a dualclutch transmission that automati-cally controls the clutch and shiftingoperation of the manual transmis-sion, whenever the shift lever is in aposition other then &P or &N , the

vehicle will begin to move slowly, inthe same way as when the clutch ina manual transmission vehicle ispartially engaged. Keep the brakepedal firmly depressed when thevehicle is stopped. In some circum-stances the vehicle may not startmoving on its own, however thisdoes not indicate that there is amalfunction.

NOTICE

When the vehicle is stopped on a hill,do not hold the vehicle in place bydepressing the accelerator pedal. Doingso may cause the clutch to overheat andresult in transmission damage. Use thebrakes to prevent the vehicle frommoving.

Operating the shift leverAfter starting the engine, fully depress the brakepedal and move the shift lever from the &Pposition to the &R , &N , or &A↔&M position. Pushthe button to shift into the &P or &R position. Allother positions can be selected without pushingthe button.

5-14 Starting and driving

Page 198: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (193,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Shift lever operation

Push the button while depressing the brakepedal.

Push the button.

Just move the shift lever.

Automatically returns.

&P position:

Use this position for parking and starting theengine. The ignition switch will be changed tothe OFF or LOCK position.

CAUTION

Use the &P position only when thevehicle is completely stopped.

&R position:

Use this position for driving in reverse.

&N position:

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.

&A↔&M position:

Use this position for all normal forward driving.The shift lever can be moved between &A and&M to alternately change each other. The

position indicator indicates the gear positionwith the indication of “A” or “M”.

. &A position: Use this position for ordinarydriving, with the gears shifted automaticallyfrom first gear to sixth gear according to thespeed and driving conditions.

. &M position: Operate the paddle shifter todrive in first gear to sixth gear as desired.

The position indicator blinks if it is notpossible to shift the gear when in the &Mposition. ( “TRANSMISSION POSI-TION INDICATOR” page 2-7)

CAUTION

Grip the shift lever correctly whenoperating it. Failure to do so may causea finger or other items to be trappedbetween the lever and gate, possiblycausing an accident.

NOTICE

. Be sure to observe the followingprecautions. Failure to do so mayresult in shift lever malfunction.

— Do not spill water, beverages orother liquids on the shift lever.

Starting and driving 5-15

Page 199: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (194,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

— Do not allow sand or similarsubstances to contact the shiftlever.

. Develop the habit of performing theoperations marked with “ ”without pressing the button. If thebutton is pressed at these times,there is the possibility that the levercould accidentally enter the&P or&Rpositions.

. When the vehicle is hot, the areaaround the shift lever may be hot ormay produce an unusual sound,however this does not indicate thatthere is a malfunction.

NOTE:. When moving the shift lever out of the

&P position, it may not be possible tomove the shift lever if the button ispressed before the brake pedal isdepressed. Press the button only afterdepressing the brake pedal.

. Do not place coins or other smallobjects in the area around the shiftlever. These objects may get stuck inthe shift gate and prevent the shiftlever from moving into a position.Sometimes, you may not be able to

retrieve these objects.

. Immediately after a cold start, while thetransmission system check display (“T/M SYSTEM CHECK IN PROCESS”)appears on the vehicle informationdisplay, the shift lever cannot be movedout of the&P position. This is because acheck of the transmission system is inprogress. This does not indicate thatthere is a malfunction. Move the shiftlever after the message on the vehicleinformation display turns off.

. The shift lever knob and console-mounted shift indicator have a genuineleather finish that requires proper careand maintenance. ( “CLEANING IN-TERIOR” page 7-4)

Shift lock releaseIf the battery charge is low or discharged, theshift lever may not be moved from the &Pposition even with the brake pedal depressedand the shift lever button pushed.

To move the shift lever, perform the followingprocedure.

1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCKposition.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Remove the shift lock cover using a suitabletool wrapped with a cloth.

4. Push down the shift lock as illustrated.

5-16 Starting and driving

Page 200: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (195,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

5. Push the shift lever button and move theshift lever to the &N position while holdingdown the shift lock.

Push the ignition switch to the ON position tounlock the steering wheel. Now the vehicle maybe moved to the desired location.

If the battery is discharged completely, thesteering wheel cannot be unlocked. Do notmove the vehicle with the steering wheel locked.

NOTICE

If the shift lever cannot be moved out ofthe &P position after performing theshift lock release procedure, immedi-ately have the vehicle inspected by aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

Adaptive shift controlThe adaptive shift control system automaticallyoperates when the transmission is in the &Aposition and selects an appropriate gear de-pending on the road conditions such as uphill,downhill or curving roads.

Control on uphill and curving roads:A low gear is maintained that suits the degree ofthe slope or curve to allow smooth driving with asmall number of shifts.

Control on downhill roads:The adaptive shift control system shifts to a lowgear that suits the degree of the slope, and usesthe engine brake to reduce the number of timesthat the foot brake must be used.

Control on winding roads:A low gear is maintained on continuous curvesthat involve repeated acceleration and decelera-tion, so that smooth acceleration is availableinstantly when the accelerator pedal is de-pressed.

NOTE:Adaptive shift control may not operatewhen the transmission oil temperature islow immediately after the start of drivingor when it is very hot. If this occurs, switchto the &M position and downshift if neces-sary.

&M positionChanging to the &M position:To change to the &M position from the &Aposition, either move the shift lever to the &Mside or operate the paddle shifter. The positionindicator indicates the gear position with theindication of “M”.

If the paddle shifter is used, the first operationchanges from the &A position to the &M position,and the second and later operations change the

gears.

To return to the &A position, move the shift leverto the &M side again. The position indicatorindicates the gear position with the indication of“A”.

Starting and driving 5-17

Page 201: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (196,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Changing gears using paddle shifters:To shift up, pull the paddle shifter on the rightside *1 toward you.

To shift down, pull the paddle shifter on the leftside *2 toward you.

. First gear:

Use this position when accelerating from astop, climbing a steep hill slowly or enginebraking at low speeds.

. Second gear:

Use this position when accelerating from astop on snowy roads or other extremelyslippery road surfaces, or accelerating orengine braking at mid-low speeds.

. Third gear:

Use this position when accelerating orgently engine braking at middle speeds.

. Fourth gear:

Use this position when accelerating orgently engine braking at mid-high speeds.

. Fifth gear:

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving at highway speeds. Engine brakingis weaker in this position.

. Sixth gear:

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving at highway speeds. Engine brakingis weakest in this position.

Suggested maximum speed in eachgear:Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is notrunning smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.

Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed(shown below) in any gear. For level roaddriving, use the highest gear suggested for thatspeed. Always observe posted speed limits, anddrive according to the road conditions that willensure safe operation. Do not over-rev theengine when shifting to a lower gear as it maycause engine damage or loss of vehicle control.

5-18 Starting and driving

Page 202: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (197,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Gear MPH (km/h)

1st 35 (57)

2nd 62 (101)

3rd 90 (145)

4th —

5th —

6th —

DRIVING TIPS

After starting the engine, fully depress the footbrake pedal and push the shift lever buttonbefore shifting the shift lever from the&P positionto the &R , &N , or &A↔&M position. Be sure thevehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shiftthe shift lever.

The transmission is designed so that the footbrake pedal must be depressed before shiftingfrom &P to any other position.

The shift lever cannot be moved out of the &Pposition and into any other position with theignition switch other in the LOCK, OFF or ACCposition.

When accelerating from a stopKeep the foot brake pedal depressed and pushthe shift lever button to shift into a driving gearas following:

. To drive forward, move the shift lever to the

&A↔&M position.

. To back up, move the shift lever to the &Rposition.

Starting on level ground:1. Check the shift lever position indicator on

the instrument panel to confirm that thedriving gear is selected.

2. Release the parking brake.

3. Release the foot brake pedal, then graduallydepress the accelerator pedal to start thevehicle in motion.

Starting on an uphill:1. Check the shift lever position indicator on

the instrument panel to confirm that thedriving gear is selected.

NOTE:When starting or driving on a steep uphillgrade, shift to the &M position and operatethe paddle shifter to shift down to 1st gearas a manual transmission vehicle.

2. With the parking brake applied, slowlyrelease the foot brake pedal.

3. Slowly depress the accelerator pedal andfeel the vehicle starting motion with theparking brake applied.

4. Release the parking brake and gradually

depress the accelerator pedal to start thevehicle in motion.

NOTICE

To prevent stalling or transmissiondamage, start in 1st gear. The &Mposition 2nd gear can be used to startmoving the vehicle only when reducedtorque is necessary on snowy roads orextremely slippery surfaces.

NOTE:The hill start assist function operates whenthe vehicle is accelerating from a stop onan uphill. ( “HILL START ASSIST” page5-33)

When driving the vehicle

WARNING

Do not move the shift lever to the &Nposition while driving. Doing so mayresult in an accident due to loss ofengine braking. It may also damage thetransmission.

Starting and driving 5-19

Page 203: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (198,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Normal driving:Drive with the shift lever in the &A position.

The appropriate gear will be automaticallyshifted according to the position of the accel-erator pedal, the driving speed and drivingconditions.

Passing or hill climbing:. &A position:

Fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor.This shifts the transmission down into a lowergear depending on the vehicle speed.

NOTE:When starting or driving on a steep uphillgrade, shift to the &M position and operatethe paddle shifter to shift down to 1st gearas a manual transmission vehicle.

. &M position:

Use the paddle shifter to shift down, thendepress the accelerator pedal depending onthe vehicle speed.

Driving on a downhill:. &A position:

The system shifts down according to the degreeof downhills to increase the effectiveness of theengine brake.

. &M position:

When driving on a long slope, selecting the &Mposition and 4th or 3rd gear will provide gentleengine braking.

When driving on a steep downhill, selecting the&M position and 2nd or 1st gear will providepowerful engine braking.

WARNING

. When the shift lever is in the &Aposition, the adaptive shift controlsystem will stay in a low gear inorder to maintain the effectivenessof the engine brake. However if thevehicle is traveling too fast depend-ing on the degree of the slope, youshould shift to the &M position anduse the paddle shifter to shift down.If you continue to use only the footbrake, a high load will be applied tothe brake, which may overheat,reducing its effectiveness. Be sureto use the engine brake togetherwith the foot brake. ( “Adaptiveshift control” page 5-17)

. The adaptive shift control systemmay not operate when the transmis-sion is not warm immediately after

the start of driving, or when the oiltemperature is high. In this case,depending on the degree of theslope, you should shift to the &Mposition and select a lower gear.

. Do not downshift abruptly on slip-pery roads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

When stopping the vehicleLeave the shift lever in the&A↔&M or&R positionand firmly depress the foot brake pedal.

If the vehicle will be stopped for a long period oftime, apply the parking brake and move the shiftlever to the &P or &N position as necessary.

WARNING

. Do not race the engine while thevehicle is stopped. Doing so mayaccelerate the vehicle suddenly andcause an accident when shifting to adriving gear.

. While the engine is running, thepropeller shaft that transmits torquefrom the engine to the transmissionis turning at all times. Crawling orreaching under the vehicle while theengine is running may result in

5-20 Starting and driving

Page 204: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (199,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

serious injury.

NOTICE

When the vehicle is stopped on a hill,do not hold the vehicle in place bydepressing the accelerator pedal. Doingso may cause the clutch to overheat andresult in transmission damage. Use thebrakes to prevent the vehicle frommoving.

When parking the vehicle

WARNING

Follow the instructions below whenparking the vehicle to help prevent thebrake rotor and brake pads from rust-ing together. Failure to follow theinstructions could cause the rotor andpads to rust together. If the rotor andpads rust together, there may be apopping noise and some vibrationwhen the vehicle is driven, a wheelmay not roll correctly, or the brake padscould be damaged. If the pads aredamaged, this may reduce the effec-tiveness of the brake system whichcould cause a collision, serious perso-

nal injury or death.

The GT-R uses brake pad materials that havehigh metallic content. The brake pad materialhelps maintain braking performance in a widerange of weather and driving conditions.

For the first 3,000 miles (5,000 km) of thevehicle’s service life, and for the first 3,000 miles(5,000km) after a brake replacement, the brakepad to brake rotor clearance is very small. Whenparking, apply the parking brake and move theshift lever to the &P position. Idle the engine formore than 20 seconds without depressing thebrake pedal. This allows the brake pads to moveaway from the rotor so the pad does not contactthe rotor.

Additionally, the brakes must be dry beforeparking the vehicle after driving on wet roads orafter washing the vehicle. If the roads are wet,lightly apply the brakes for a short distancebefore parking the vehicle to dry the brakes.After washing the vehicle, dry the brakes bydriving on a dry road for a few miles and applythe brakes normally based on traffic and roadconditions.

The metallic brake pads and brake disc rotormay rust together when the brakes are notapplied:

. If the vehicle is not idled for 20 secondswithout the brakes applied, or if the brakes

are applied when the vehicle is shut off, therotor and pads can rust together, even whenthe brake pads are dry.

. If the brakes are wet when the vehicle isparked and the parking brake is applied for along time.

Contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer if thebrake pads and brake rotor have rustedtogether.

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. With the foot brake pedal depressed, applythe parking brake.

3. Move the shift lever to the &P position.

4. Check the shift lever position indicator onthe instrument panel to confirm that the &Pposition is selected.

5. Push the ignition switch to stop the engine.

WARNING

Before exiting the vehicle, be sure tomove the shift lever to the &P positionand stop the engine. If the engine isrunning and the shift lever is not in the

&P position, the vehicle may start mov-ing due to partial engagement of theclutch or to the effects of gravity on a

Starting and driving 5-21

Page 205: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (200,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

slope, or the vehicle may suddenlyaccelerate due to accidental operationof the accelerator pedal, possibly caus-ing an accident.

The control of the dual clutch transmission,Bilstein DampTronic® electronically controlledshock absorbers and Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) can be changed to the desired modes byoperating the setup switches. Select the desiredmode best suited to the driving conditions.

NOTE:Bilstein DampTronic® is a registered trade-mark of ThyssenKrupp Bilstein Suspen-sion GmbH.

1. Transmission setup switch

2. Suspension setup switch

3. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) setup switch

HOW TO SWITCH THE MODES

Move the VDC, transmission and suspensionsetup switches up or down to change the modewhen the engine is running.

R modePush up the VDC, transmission and suspensionsetup switches for more than 1 second.

SNOW mode and COMF modePush down the transmission and suspensionsetup switches.

5-22 Starting and driving

VDC, TRANSMISSION ANDSUSPENSION SETUP SWITCHES

Page 206: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (201,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

VDC OFF modePush down the VDC setup switch for more than1 second.

Normal modePush the VDC, transmission and suspensionsetup switches to the side opposite from theselected modes.

NOTE:. When the ignition switch is pushed to

the ON position, the VDC, transmissionand suspension set up switch indica-tors may come on momentarily, but thisdoes not indicate that there is a mal-function.

. The VDC, transmission and suspensionsetup switches will return to the normalmode when the engine is restarted.Also, the transmission setup switch willreturn to the normal mode when theshift lever is moved between&A and&Mwhile operating the transmission setupswitch.

Starting and driving 5-23

Page 207: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (202,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

FEATURES OF EACH MODE

Switch Transmission Suspension VDC

R mode

Indicator

Function

&A position:

Mode for smooth driving on roads withconsecutive inclines and curves

&M position:

Mode for maximum performance andquick shift operation

Mode to enhance handling and corneringfor maximum vehicle performance(Damping force is fixed.)

Mode to adjust front and rear torquedistribution in the AWD system

Normal mode

Indicator OFF OFF OFF

Function Usual driving modeUsual driving mode (Damping force isvariably controlled.)

Usual driving mode

Special conditionmode

Indicator

FunctionMode to drive on a snow-covered orslippery-surface road

Mode to enhance ride comfort (Dampingforce is variably controlled.)

Mode to free vehicle from slush and deepsnow, etc.

5-24 Starting and driving

Page 208: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (203,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

TransmissionThe transmission mode differs depending on the shift lever position, &A or &M .

&A position:

Set up mode Features

. In addition to the normal mode functions, this mode allows you to achieve higherengine speed, greater powertrain torque and engine braking.

Normal(light is off)

. For everyday driving an appropriate gear position is automatically selected for optimalfuel mileage.

. This mode controls powertrain torque on snowy roads and slippery surfaces makingstarting and driving easier.

&M position:

Set up mode Features

. This mode allows you to shift gears more quickly than the normal mode.

. This mode will not allow the transmission to automatically upshift even when theengine speed reaches the red zone. Do not rev the engine into the red zone.

. When the engine speed is low, downshift will be automatically carried out to ensuredriving performance.

Normal(light is off)

. Upshift will be automatically carried out just before the red zone to prevent excessiveengine speed.

. When the engine speed is low, downshift will be automatically carried out to ensuredriving performance.

NOTE:The SNOW mode cannot be selected with the transmission in the &M position.

NOTICE

. When the engine speed approachesthe red zone, shift to a higher gearor reduce the engine speed. Operat-ing the engine in the red zone maycause serious engine damage.

. Quick shifting in the R mode withthe transmission in the &M positionis available when the engine speedis high. However, the transmissionmay shift more slowly when theengine speed is low. This does notindicate that there is a malfunction.

Starting and driving 5-25

Page 209: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (204,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Suspension

Set up mode Features

. The damping force of the shock absorbers is set maximum vehicle performance.

. Riding comfort becomes harder.

Normal (light is off). The damping force of the shock absorbers is variably adjusted for everyday driving or

maximum vehicle performance.

. The damping force of the shock absorbers is variably adjusted for more comfortabledriving.

. Movement of the vehicle body is larger than the normal and R modes.

NOTICE

While maximizing vehicle performance,shock absorber control may automati-cally be returned to the normal mode. Ifthe R mode or the COMF mode isselected in the case above, the suspen-sion setup switch indicator may turn off.Operate the suspension setup switch tothe R mode or the COMF mode andcheck to make sure the indicator illu-minates. If the indicator does not illu-minate, have the system checked by aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

5-26 Starting and driving

Page 210: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (205,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)

Set up mode Features

. In addition to the normal mode function, this mode adjusts front and rear wheel powerdistribution to improve handling.

Normal (light is off). This mode enhances handling by brake control and engine output control when

oversteer or understeer is detected.

. All VDC functions including Traction Control System (TCS) are deactivated. ABS isstill active.

NOTE:Always make sure the VDC is ON before driving the vehicle by checking that the VDC OFFindicator lights on the meter and the VDC set-up switch are not illuminated. The GT-R is ahigh performance vehicle and the VDC must be on/activated to provide proper powertrainoperation and intended drivability.

WARNING

. The VDC OFF mode should ONLY beused briefly to help free the vehicleif stuck in snow or mud by tempora-rily stopping operation of the VDCto maintain wheel torque.

. Driving the GT-R with the VDC offmay lead to handling issues relatedto steering maneuvers, acceleration,or deceleration. Moreover, drivingwith the VDC off can result in aninoperative vehicle by causing ser-ious damage to the powertrain,including damage to the TransaxleAssembly including Transfer, Clutch,Gears, Transaxle case and all of itscomponents and other drivetraincomponent(s) by overheating or ex-cessive force.

. Damage to the powertrain or anydrivetrain component(s) that occurswhen there is a record in the VehicleStatus Data Recorder (VSDR) thatthe vehicle was driven with VDC offduring the period when the damagewas incurred is excluded from war-ranty coverage.

Starting and driving 5-27

Page 211: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (206,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

See your 2010 Warranty Information Booklet forimportant related information and warrantycoverage exclusions. See also section 2 (page2-28) and section 5 (page 5-42) of this Owner’sManual, “Transmission Clutch TemperatureHigh” and “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)System” for important additional related informa-tion.

The turbocharger system uses engine oil forlubrication and cooling of its rotating compo-nents. The turbocharger turbine turns at extre-mely high speeds and it can get very hot. It isessential to maintain a supply of oil flowingthrough the turbocharger system. Therefore, asudden interruption of oil supply may cause amalfunction in the turbocharger.

To ensure prolonged life and performance of theturbocharger, it is essential to perform thefollowing maintenance procedure:

. Change your engine oil according to therecommended intervals shown in the sepa-rate Service and Maintenance Guide. Useonly the recommended engine oil.

. If the engine had been operating at highengine speed for an extended period of time,let it idle for a few minutes prior to shut-down.

. Do not accelerate your engine to highengine speed immediately after start.

NOTICE

This vehicle includes spark plugs thatare designed for high performance. Forthis reason, if the engine is repeatedlystarted and stopped over a short time,the spark plugs may become fouled,making the engine difficult to start. To

prevent diminished starting perfor-mance, avoid starting and stopping theengine repeatedly during a short periodof time.

5-28 Starting and driving

TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM

Page 212: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (207,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

WARNING

. Be sure the parking brake is fullyreleased before driving. Failure todo so can cause brake failure andlead to an accident.

. Do not release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle.

. Do not use the gear shift in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fullyengaged.

. Do not leave children unattended ina vehicle. They could release the

parking brake and cause an acci-dent.

To apply: Pull the parking brake lever up.

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Place the shift lever in the &N position.

3. While pulling up on the parking brake leverslightly, push the button *A and lower thelever completely.

4. Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.

The cruise control allows driving at speedsabove 25 MPH (40 km/h) without keeping yourfoot on the accelerator pedal.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control whendriving under the following conditions.Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

. When it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed.

. In heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed.

. On winding or hilly roads.

. On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.).

. In very windy areas.

Starting and driving 5-29

PARKING BRAKE CRUISE CONTROL

Page 213: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (208,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON-TROL

. If the cruise control system malfunctions, itwill cancel automatically. The SET indicatorwill blink and the cruise control systemwarning will appear to warn the driver.( “CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEMWARNING” page 2-37)

. If the engine coolant temperature becomesexcessively high, the cruise control systemwill be canceled automatically.

. If the SET indicator blinks, turn the cruisecontrol main switch off and contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.

. The SET indicator may sometimes blinkwhen the cruise control main switch isturned on while pushing the RESUME/ACCELERATE, SET/COAST or CANCELswitch. To properly set the cruise controlsystem, perform the steps below in the orderindicated.

STEERING-WHEEL-MOUNTEDCONTROLS1. MAIN switch

Turns cruise control ON/OFF.

2. SET/COAST switch (pressed down)Lowers the set vehicle speed.

3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch (pressed up)Raises the set vehicle speed.

4. CANCEL switchCancels cruise control.

5-30 Starting and driving

Page 214: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (209,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

INDICATORS AND DISPLAY1. CRUISE display

Displays the set vehicle speed.

2. CRUISE indicatorInforms the driver that the MAIN switch is ON.

3. SET indicatorInforms the driver that the vehicle is driving at theset speed.

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

Constant-speed drivingTo set the cruising speed, perform the followingprocedure.

1. Push the MAIN switch on. The CRUISEindicator will come on.

2. Accelerate your vehicle to the desiredspeed, push the SET/COAST switch andrelease it. (The SET indicator will illuminatein the instrument panel.) Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal. Your vehicle willmaintain the set speed.

NOTE:If the vehicle speed reaches approximately3 MPH (5 km/h) over the set speed, the setspeed on the vehicle information displayblinks.

Starting and driving 5-31

Page 215: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (210,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Passing another vehicleTo pass another vehicle, depress the acceleratorpedal. When you release the pedal, the vehiclewill return to the previously set speed.

Increasing the set vehicle speedTo reset at a faster cruising speed, use one ofthe following methods:

. Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the SET/COAST switch.

. Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELERATEswitch. When the vehicle attains the speedyou desire, release the switch.

. Push and then quickly release the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch. Each time you dothis, the set speed will increase by about 1MPH or 1 km/h.

Decreasing the set vehicle speedTo reset at a slower cruising speed, use one ofthe following methods:

. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the SET/COAST switch.

. Push and hold the SET/COAST switch.Release the switch when the vehicle slowsdown to the desired speed.

. Push and then quickly release the SET/

COAST switch. Each time you do this, theset speed will decrease by about 1 MPH or1 km/h.

Resuming the preset speedTo resume the preset speed, push and releasethe RESUME/ACCELERATE switch. The vehiclewill resume the last set cruising speed when thevehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

Canceling the preset speedTo cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing methods:

. Push the CANCEL switch *1 . The SETindicator will turn off.

. Tap the brake pedal *3 . The SET indicatorwill turn off.

. Turn the MAIN switch *2 off. Both theCRUISE indicator and SET indicator will turnoff.

5-32 Starting and driving

Page 216: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (211,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

NOTE:. If cruise control was canceled by press-

ing the cancel switch or by depressingthe brake pedal, the system changes tostandby status.

. If you depress the brake pedal whilepushing the RESUME/ACCELERATE orSET/COAST switch and reset at thecruising speed, the cruise control willbe deactivated. Turn the MAIN switchoff once and then turn it on again.

Under the following conditions, cruise controlwill be automatically canceled.

. Vehicle speed drops to below approximately19 MPH (30 km/h).

. Vehicle speed drops to more than approxi-mately 8 MPH (13 km/h) below the setvehicle speed.

. The shift lever is moved to a position otherthan &A↔&M .

. VDC operates.

. A tire is spinning.

. There is a malfunction in the cruise controlsystem.

WARNING

. Never rely solely on the hill startassist system to prevent the vehiclefrom moving backward on a hill.Always drive carefully and atten-tively. Depress the brake pedalwhen the vehicle is stopped on asteep hill. Be especially carefulwhen stopped on a hill on frozenor muddy roads. Failure to preventthe vehicle from rolling backwardsmay result in a loss of control of thevehicle and possible serious injuryor death.

. The hill start assist system is notdesigned to hold the vehicle at astandstill on a hill. Depress thebrake pedal when the vehicle isstopped on a steep hill. Failure todo so may cause the vehicle to rollbackwards and may result in acollision or serious personal injury.

. The hill start assist may not preventthe vehicle from rolling backwardson a hill under all load or roadconditions. Always be prepared todepress the brake pedal to preventthe vehicle from rolling backwards.

Failure to do so may result in acollision or serious personal injury.

NOTICE

When the vehicle is stopped on a hill,do not hold the vehicle in place bydepressing the accelerator pedal. Doingso may cause the clutch to overheat andresult in transmission damage. Use thebrakes to prevent the vehicle frommoving.

The hill start assist system automatically keepsthe brakes applied to help prevent the vehiclefrom rolling backwards in the time it takes thedriver to release the brake pedal and apply theaccelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a hill.

Hill start assist will operate automatically underthe following conditions:

. The shift lever is moved to a forward orreverse position.

. The vehicle is stopped completely on a hillby applying the brake.

The maximum holding time is 2 seconds. After 2seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back andhill start assist will stop operating completely.

Hill start assist will not operate when the shift

Starting and driving 5-33

HILL START ASSIST

Page 217: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (212,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

lever is moved to the &N or &P position or on aflat and level road.

NOTE:This system does not function when theVehicle Dynamic Control VDC) systemwarning appears on the vehicle informa-tion display located in the tachometer.( “VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL(VDC) SYSTEM WARNING” page 2-35)

NOTICE

Follow these recommendations to ob-tain maximum engine performance andensure the future reliability and econo-my of your new vehicle. Failure tofollow these recommendations mayresult in shortened engine life andreduced engine performance.

Please observe the following types of drivinguntil the mileage shown below has beenreached.

Until 300 miles (500 km):

. Do not depress the accelerator pedal morethan halfway and avoid rapid acceleration.

. Drive with the engine speed kept at lessthan 3,500 RPM.

. Avoid unnecessary quick steering, abruptbraking and driving on poor roads.

300 to 600 miles (500 to 1,000 km)

. Avoid rapid acceleration in a low gear (1st to3rd gears) with the accelerator pedal fullydepressed. Depress the pedal slowly.

. Avoid unnecessary quick steering andabrupt braking.

. Drive with the suspension setup switch inthe COMF mode to allow more suspensionstroke.

600 to 1,200 miles (1,000 to 2,000 km)

. Drive with the engine speed kept relativelyhigh. Shifting is recommended between 1stand 4th gears.

. Avoid unnecessary quick steering andabrupt braking.

. Drive with the suspension setup switch inthe COMF mode to allow more suspensionstroke.

5-34 Starting and driving

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE

Page 218: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (213,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

. Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintaincruising speeds with a constant acceleratorposition.

. Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy.

. Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles.

. Select a gear range suitable to road condi-tions.

. Avoid unnecessary engine idling.

. Keep your engine tuned up.

. Follow the recommended periodic mainte-nance schedule.

. Keep the tires inflated to the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increases tirewear and lowers fuel economy.

. Keep the wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tire wear andlowers fuel economy.

. Air conditioner operation lowers fuel econ-omy. Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.

. When cruising at highway speeds, it is moreeconomical to use the air conditioner andleave the windows closed to reduce drag.

. Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.( “Oil viscosity” page 9-5)

AWD WARNING LIGHT

The AWD warning light is located in the meter.

The AWD warning light comes on when theignition switch is pushed to the ON position. Itturns off soon after the engine is started.

Starting and driving 5-35

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD)

Page 219: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (214,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

If any malfunction occurs in the AWD systemwhile the engine is running, the warning light willcome on.

The warning light may blink rapidly (about twiceper second) while trying to free a stuck vehicledue to high powertrain oil temperature. Thedriving mode may change to two-wheel drive. Ifthe warning light blinks rapidly during operation,stop the vehicle with the engine idling in a safeplace immediately. Then if the light goes off aftera while, you can continue driving.

A large difference between the diameters offront and rear wheels will make the warning lightblink slowly (about once per two seconds). Pulloff the road in a safe area, and idle the engine.Check that all tire sizes are the same, tirepressure is correct and tires are not worn.

If the warning light is blinking after the aboveoperation, have your vehicle checked by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING

. Do not attempt to raise two wheelsoff the ground and shift the trans-mission to any drive or reverseposition with the engine running.Doing so may result in drivetraindamage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in

serious vehicle damage or personalinjury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-namometer (such as the dynam-ometers used by some states foremissions testing) or similar equip-ment even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make surethat you inform the test facilitypersonnel that your vehicle isequipped with AWD before it isplaced on a dynamometer. Usingthe wrong test equipment may re-sult in drivetrain damage or unex-pected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle da-mage or personal injury.

NOTICE

. If the warning light comes on whiledriving there may be a malfunctionin the AWD system. Reduce thevehicle speed and have your vehiclechecked by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

. If the warning light remains on afterthe above operation, have your

vehicle checked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer as soon as possible.

. The powertrain may be damaged ifyou continue driving with the warn-ing light blinking rapidly.

TIGHT CORNER BRAKING PHE-NOMENON

When driving on dry pavement in AWD mode, orimmediately after starting the engine in coldconditions, when the steering wheel is turned allthe way, the vehicle may behave as if the brakeshad been applied. This phenomenon is knownas the “tight corner braking phenomenon”.

This phenomenon is unique to AWD vehicles,and occurs due to a difference in speedsbetween the front and rear wheels while thevehicle is turning. This does not indicate thatthere is a malfunction. If this phenomenonoccurs, more force will be required to operatethe steering wheel.

NOTE:. If the tight corner braking phenomenon

occurs, a slipping sound may be heardfrom the tires, or a squeaking soundmay be heard from the drive system.

. If excessive operation continues whena wheel has come off the road or atother times when the operation causes

5-36 Starting and driving

Page 220: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (215,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

a large difference in speed between thefront and rear wheels (the wheels arespinning), the oil temperature in thedrive system parts will increase.

In this case, to protect the drive systemparts, the AWD warning light blinksrapidly and the system switches toRWD mode or low AWD mode. Keepthe vehicle stopped and idling for ashort time. When the warning lightstops blinking, the vehicle returns fromRWD mode to normal driving mode.

. If you feel an unusual vibration in thevehicle, even if the warning lights arenot illuminated, have the vehicle in-spected by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.

TIRES

This vehicle is equipped with special tires. Whenchanging the tires, install the designated specialtires. Replacing tires as a set of four with newones is recommended. However, if a tire ispunctured or damaged, it may be possible toreplace only the damaged tire. Determiningwhether one tire or a complete set of tiresshould be replaced is based on a number offactors including tire wear and condition. Con-tact your GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. Theycan recommend if an individual tire or a

complete set should be replaced.

NOTICE

If tires other than the designated tires,tires with large differences in wear ortires of different sizes are installed, theAWD performance will be degraded andthe drive mechanism may be damaged.

AWD SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS

The AWD system automatically distributes theoptimal torque to the front and rear wheels. Thisprovides both the superior turning performanceof a front wheel drive vehicle and the traction ofa AWD vehicle.

Electronic control continuously distributes tor-que to the front and rear wheels in the rangefrom 0:100 (rear-wheel drive mode) to 50:50(all-wheel drive mode) to match the drivingconditions and road conditions. This allows theengine output (torque) to be effectively trans-mitted to the road surface.

This vehicle is equipped with a 1.5-way me-chanical Limited Slip Differential (LSD).

WARNING

Sudden operation of the acceleratorpedal can result in fishtailing or side-slip, possibly causing an accident. Useparticular caution when driving in rainyweather or on slippery roads.

NOTICE

Use the designated differential gear oil.If any oil other than the designated oilis used, the LSD may not operatecorrectly, and noise and vibration mayoccur, possibly resulting in a malfunc-tion.

NOTE:. If the vehicle accelerates from a stop

with the steering wheel turned in coldtemperatures, the inner wheel tire mayslip and some noise or vibration maybe heard. This phenomenon is uniqueto vehicles equipped with the LSD. Thisdoes not indicate that there is a mal-function.

. The LSD controls the speed difference

Starting and driving 5-37

LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (LSD)

Page 221: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (216,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

between the left and right wheels, andoptimally allocates torque to thewheels.

. The 1.5-way mechanical LSD in thisvehicle is characterized by its asymme-trical LSD effects when the acceleratorpedal is ON and when it is OFF. Thisallows the appropriate amount of tor-que for the driving environment to betransmitted to the road surface.

WARNING

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

. Never leave the engine runningwhile the vehicle is unattended.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

. Safe parking procedures requirethat both the parking brake beapplied and the transmission placedinto the &P position. Failure to do socould cause the vehicle to moveunexpectedly or roll away and resultin an accident.

. Make sure the shift lever has beenpushed as far forward as it can goand cannot be moved without de-pressing the foot brake pedal.

. Follow the instructions below whenparking the vehicle to help preventthe brake rotor and brake pads from

5-38 Starting and driving

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

Page 222: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (217,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

rusting together. Failure to followthe instructions could cause therotor and pads to rust together. Ifthe rotor and pads rust together,there may be a popping noise andsome vibration when the vehicle isdriven, a wheel may not roll cor-rectly, or the brake pads could bedamaged. If the pads are damaged,this may reduce the effectiveness ofthe brake system which could causea collision, serious personal injuryor death.

The GT-R uses brake pad materials that havehigh metallic content. The brake pad materialhelps maintain braking performance in a widerange of weather and driving conditions.

For the first 3,000 miles (5,000 km) of thevehicle’s service life, and for the first 3,000 miles(5,000km) after a brake replacement, the brakepad to brake rotor clearance is very small. Whenparking, apply the parking brake and move theshift lever to the &P position. Idle the engine formore than 20 seconds without depressing thebrake pedal. This allows the brake pads to moveaway from the rotor so the pad does not contactthe rotor.

Additionally, the brakes must be dry beforeparking the vehicle after driving on wet roads or

after washing the vehicle. If the roads are wet,lightly apply the brakes for a short distancebefore parking the vehicle to dry the brakes.After washing the vehicle, dry the brakes bydriving on a dry road for a few miles and applythe brakes normally based on traffic and roadconditions.

The metallic brake pads and brake disc rotormay rust together when the brakes are notapplied:

. If the vehicle is not idled for 20 secondswithout the brakes applied, or if the brakesare applied when the vehicle is shut off, therotor and pads can rust together, even whenthe brake pads are dry.

. If the brakes are wet when the vehicle isparked and the parking brake is applied for along time.

Contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer if thebrake pads and brake rotor have rustedtogether.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the &P position.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling intothe street when parked on a sloping driveway, it is a good practice to turn the wheelsas illustrated.

. HEADED DOWNHILLWITH CURB:*1Turn the wheels into the curb and move thevehicle forward until the curb side wheelgently touches the curb.

. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: *2Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: *3

Turn the wheels toward the side of the roadso the vehicle will move away from thecenter of the road if it moves.

4. Push the ignition switch to the LOCKposition.

Starting and driving 5-39

Page 223: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (218,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

WARNING

If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe steering will not work. Steering willbe harder to operate.

The power assisted steering uses a hydraulicpump, driven by the engine, to assist steering.

If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks, youwill still have control of the vehicle. However,much greater steering effort is needed, espe-cially in sharp turns and at low speeds.

BRAKING PRECAUTIONS

The brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will stillhave braking at two wheels.

You may feel a small click and hear a soundwhen the brake pedal is fully depressed slowly.This is not a malfunction and indicates that thebrake assist mechanism is operating properly.

Vacuum assisted brakesThe brake booster aids braking by using enginevacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop thevehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will berequired to stop the vehicle and the stoppingdistance will be longer.

Wet brakesWhen the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result, yourbraking distance will be longer and the vehiclemay pull to one side during braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speedwhile lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat-upthe brakes. Do this until the brakes return tonormal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speedsuntil the brakes function correctly.

Using the brakesAvoid resting your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving. This will cause overheating of thebrakes, wearing out the brake and pads fasterand reduce gas mileage.

To help reduce brake wear and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going down aslope or long grade. Overheated brakes mayreduce braking performance and could result inloss of vehicle control.

WARNING

. While driving on a slippery surface,be careful when braking, accelerat-ing or downshifting. Abrupt brakingor accelerating could cause thewheels to skid and result in anaccident.

. If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.Braking will be harder.

5-40 Starting and driving

POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM

Page 224: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (219,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

PARKING BRAKE BREAK-IN

Break in the parking brake shoes whenever thestopping effect of the parking brake is weakenedor whenever the parking brake shoes and/ordrums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure thebest braking performance.

This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual and can be performed by aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM(ABS)

WARNING

. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)is a sophisticated device, but itcannot prevent accidents resultingfrom careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. It can help maintainvehicle control during braking onslippery surfaces. Remember thatstopping distances on slippery sur-faces will be longer than on normalsurfaces even with ABS. Stoppingdistances may also be longer onrough, gravel or snow coveredroads, or if you are using tire chains.Always maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you.Ultimately, the driver is responsiblefor safety.

. Tire type and condition may alsoaffect braking effectiveness. Whenreplacing tires, install the specifiedsize of tires on all four wheels.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controlsthe brakes so the wheels do not lock during hardbraking or when braking on slippery surfaces.

The system detects the rotation speed at eachwheel and varies the brake fluid pressure toprevent each wheel from locking and sliding. Bypreventing each wheel from locking, the systemhelps the driver maintain steering control andhelps to minimize swerving and spinning onslippery surfaces.

Using the systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes. TheABS will operate to prevent the wheels fromlocking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stopping dis-tances.

Self-test featureThe ABS includes electronic sensors, electricpumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. Thecomputer has a built-in diagnostic feature thattests the system each time you start the engineand move the vehicle at a low speed in forwardor reverse. When the self-test occurs, you mayhear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in thebrake pedal. This does not indicate that there isa malfunction. If the computer senses a mal-function, it switches the ABS off and illuminates

Starting and driving 5-41

BRAKE ASSIST

Page 225: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (220,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

the ABS warning light on the instrument panel.The brake system then operates normally, butwithout anti-lock assistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates during theself-test or while driving, have the vehiclechecked by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

Normal operationThe ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH(5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies according toroad conditions.

When the ABS senses that one or more wheelsare close to locking up, the actuator rapidlyapplies and releases hydraulic pressure. Thisaction is similar to pumping the brakes veryquickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise from under the hood orfeel a vibration from the actuator when it isoperating. This is normal and indicates that theABS is operating properly. However, the pulsa-tion may indicate that road conditions arehazardous and extra care is required whiledriving.

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) systemuses various sensors to monitor driver inputsand vehicle motion. Under certain driving situa-tions, the system will control braking and engineoutput to help keep the vehicle on its steeredpath.

. The VDC mode can be changed using theVDC setup switch. ( “VDC, TRANS-MISSION AND SUSPENSION SETUPSWITCHES” page 5-22)

. When the VDC system is operating, theindicator in the instrument panel blinks.

. If the indicator blinks, the road condi-tions may be slippery. Be sure to adjust yourspeed and driving to these conditions. Besure to drive carefully. ( “Slip indicatorlight” page 2-29) ( “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) off indicator light” page 2-30)

. Indicator light

If a malfunction occurs in the system, theand indicator lights illuminate in

the instrument panel. As long as theseindicators are illuminated, the VDC systemfunction is canceled.

The VDC system uses an Active Brake LimitedSlip (ABLS) function to improve vehicle traction.The ABLS system works when one of the drivingwheels is spinning on a slippery surface. The

ABLS system brakes the spinning wheel, whichdistributes the driving power to the other drivewheel. If the vehicle is operated with the VDCsetup switch pushed and the VDC systemturned off, all VDC systems will be turned off.The ABLS system and ABS will still operate withthe VDC system off.

While the VDC system is operating, you may feela pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noiseor feel a vibration from under the hood. This isnormal and indicates that the VDC system isworking properly.

The VDC system computer has a built-indiagnostic feature that tests the system eachtime you start the engine and move the vehicle ata low speed forward or backward. When theself-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noiseand/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. Thisdoes not indicate that there is a malfunction.

WARNING

. The VDC system is designed to helpimprove driving stability but doesnot prevent accidents due to abruptsteering operation at high speeds ordue to careless or dangerous driv-ing techniques. Reduce vehiclespeed and be especially carefulwhen driving and cornering on slip-pery surfaces and always drive care-

5-42 Starting and driving

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM

Page 226: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (221,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

fully.

. If engine related parts such asmuffler are not standard equipmentor are extremely deteriorated, the

indicator or indicator orboth indicator lights may illuminate.

. Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-sion. If suspension parts such asshock absorbers, struts, springs,stabilizer bars and bushings arenot NISSAN approved or are extre-mely deteriorated the VDC systemmay not operate properly. This couldadversely affect vehicle handlingperformance, and the indicatoror indicator or both indicatorlights may illuminate.

. If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notstandard equipment or are extre-mely deteriorated, the indicatoror indicator or both indicatorlights may illuminate.

. When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher bankedcorners, the VDC system may notoperate properly and the in-dicator or indicator or both

indicator lights may illuminate. Donot drive on these types of roads.

. When driving on unstable surfacessuch as a turntable, ferry, elevatoror ramp, the indicator orindicator or both indicator lightsmay illuminate. This does not indi-cate that there is a malfunction.Restart the engine after driving ontoa stable surface.

. If wheels or tires other than thoserecommended are used, the VDCsystem may not operate properlyand the indicator or in-dicator or both indicator lights mayilluminate.

. The VDC system is not a substitutefor winter tires or tire chains on asnow covered road.

NOTE:. Always make sure the VDC is ON

before driving the vehicle by checkingthat the VDC OFF indicator lights onthe meter and the VDC set-up switchare not illuminated.

The GT-R is a high performance vehicleand the VDC must be on/activated to

provide proper powertrain operationand intended drivability.

WARNING

. The VDC OFF mode should ONLY beused briefly to help free the vehicleif stuck in snow or mud by tempora-rily stopping operation of the VDCto maintain wheel torque.

. Driving the GT-R with the VDC offmay lead to handling issues relatedto steering maneuvers, acceleration,or deceleration. Moreover, drivingwith the VDC off can result in aninoperative vehicle by causing ser-ious damage to the powertrain,including damage to the TransaxleAssembly including Transfer, Clutch,Gears, Transaxle case and all of itscomponents and other drivetraincomponent(s) by overheating or ex-cessive force.

. Damage to the powertrain or anydrivetrain component(s) that occurswhen there is a record in the VehicleStatus Data Recorder (VSDR) thatthe vehicle was driven with VDC offduring the period when the damage

Starting and driving 5-43

Page 227: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (222,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

was incurred is excluded from war-ranty coverage.

See your 2010 Warranty Information Booklet forimportant related information and warrantycoverage exclusions. See also section 2 (page2-28) and section 5 (page 5-42) of this Owner’sManual, “Transmission Clutch TemperatureHigh” and “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)System” for important additional related informa-tion.

. Except for the emergency cases above,any issues related to driving stability (e.g., steering maneuvers and maneuversduring acceleration and deceleration)and any damages to drivetrain compo-nents (e.g., transfer, clutch, a sort ofgear, transaxle case) will not be cov-ered by warranty if there is a record inthe Vehicle Status Data Recorder(VSDR) that the vehicle was driven withVDC off.

. When attempting to free the vehiclefrom mud or fresh snow, the VDC willdetect the tire slipping, and the enginespeed may not increase even when theaccelerator pedal is depressed. To raisethe engine speed, use the VDC set upswitch to turn the VDC system OFF.

. When the VDC system is turned OFF,

all VDC functions (including tractioncontrol), except for the ABS functions,are deactivated.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applydeicer through the key hole. If the lock becomesfrozen, heat the key before inserting it into thekey hole or use the Intelligent Key system.

ANTI-FREEZE

In the winter when it is anticipated that theoutside temperature will drop below 328F (08C),check antifreeze to assure proper winter protec-tion. ( “ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM”page 8-9)

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, the batteryfluid may freeze and damage the battery. Tomaintain maximum efficiency, the battery shouldbe checked regularly. ( “BATTERY” page 8-15)

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER

If the vehicle is to be left outside withoutantifreeze, drain the cooling system, includingthe engine block. Refill before operating thevehicle. For details, contact a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

TIRE EQUIPMENT

The GT-R summer tires are made from aspecially formulated rubber to maximize thevehicle’s performance capabilities. Performance

5-44 Starting and driving

COLD WEATHER DRIVING

Page 228: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (223,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

of summer tires is substantially reduced whentemperatures are less than 328F (08C) so youmust drive carefully. NISSAN recommends theuse of winter or all-season tires on all fourwheels if you plan to operate your vehicle insnowy or icy conditions when temperatures areless than 328F (08C).

WARNING

Never use summer tires when thetemperature is below −48F (−208C) toprevent permanent tread deformationwhich may cause tire damage or tirefailure. This may cause a loss of vehiclecontrol which can result in seriouspersonal injury or death.

Tire chains may be used. ( “TIRE CHAINS”page 8-35)

If you install tires, they must also be the specifiedsize, brand, construction and tread pattern on allfour wheels.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the following items becarried in the vehicle during winter:

. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to removeice and snow from the windows and wiperblades.

. A sturdy, flat board to be placed under thejack to give it firm support.

. A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts.

. Extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

. Wet ice (328F, 08C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slickand very hard to drive on. Thevehicle will have much less tractionor “grip” under these conditions. Tryto avoid driving on wet ice until theroad is salted or sanded.

. Whatever the condition, drive withcaution. Accelerate and slow downwith care. If accelerating or down-shifting too fast, the drive wheelswill lose even more traction.

. Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pave-ment.

. Allow greater following distanceson slippery roads.

. Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).

These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If apatch of ice is seen ahead, brakebefore reaching it. Try not to brakewhile on the ice, and avoid anysudden steering maneuvers.

. Do not use the cruise control onslippery roads.

. Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keepsnow clear of the exhaust pipe andfrom around your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)

The engine block heater should be used whenthe outside temperature is 2088F (−788C) orlower.

To use the engine block heater1. Turn the engine off.

2. Plug the engine block heater cord into agrounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord.

3. Plug the extension cord into a Ground FaultInterrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

4. The engine block heater must be plugged infor at least 2 - 4 hours, depending on

Starting and driving 5-45

Page 229: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (224,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

outside temperatures, to properly warm theengine coolant. Use an appropriate timer toturn the engine block heater on.

5. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep it away frommoving parts.

WARNING

. Do not use your engine block heaterwith an ungrounded electrical sys-tem or a 2-pronged adapter. You canbe seriously injured by an electricalshock if you use an ungroundedconnection.

. Disconnect and properly store theengine block heater cord beforestarting the engine. Damage to thecord could result in an electricalshock and can cause serious injury.

. Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-prongedextension cord rated for at least10A. Plug the extension cord into aGround Fault Interrupt (GFI) pro-tected, grounded 110-VAC outlet.

Failure to use the proper extensioncord or a grounded outlet can resultin a fire or electrical shock andcause serious personal injury.

5-46 Starting and driving

Page 230: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (225,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

MEMO

Starting and driving 5-47

Page 231: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (226,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

MEMO

5-48 Starting and driving

Page 232: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (22,1)

6 In case of emergency

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Roadside assistance program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Run-flat tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Push starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6If your vehicle overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Page 233: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (228,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

In the event of a roadside emergency, RoadsideAssistance Service is available to you. Pleaserefer to your Warranty Information Booklet (U.S.)or Warranty & Roadside Assistance InformationBooklet (Canada) for details.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)

This vehicle is equipped with the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tirepressure of all tires. When the low tire pressurewarning light is lit, one or more of your tires issignificantly under-inflated. If the vehicle is beingdriven with low tire pressure, the TPMS willactivate and warn you of it by the low tirepressure warning light (in the instrument panel)or the LOW PRESSURE information screen (onthe display). This system will activate only whenthe vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). ( “Low tire pressure warninglight” page 2-25) ( “TIRE PRESSUREMONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)” page 5-3)

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates or LOW PRESSURE in-formation is displayed on the moni-tor screen while driving, avoidsudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehiclespeed, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Driving with un-der-inflated tires may permanentlydamage the tires and increase thelikelihood of tire failure. Serious

vehicle damage could occur andmay lead to an accident and couldresult in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the lowtire pressure warning light off. If thelight still illuminates while drivingafter adjusting the tire pressure, atire may be flat.

. When a wheel is replaced, the TPMSwill not function and the low tirepressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute. The lightwill remain on after 1 minute. Con-tact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealeras soon as possible for tire replace-ment and/or system resetting.

. Replacing tires with those not ori-ginally specified by NISSAN couldaffect the proper operation of theTPMS.

. Do not inject any tire liquid oraerosol tire sealant into the tires,as this may cause a malfunction ofthe tire pressure sensors.

6-2 In case of emergency

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCEPROGRAM FLAT TIRE

Page 234: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (229,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

NOTE:. You can check the pressure of all four

tires on the multi function display. Seethe separate Multi Function DisplayOwner’s Manual.

. The tires of this vehicle are filled withnitrogen gas. When the tire pressure islow, fill the tires with nitrogen. Contacta GT-R certified NISSAN dealer forinformation on filling the tires withnitrogen.

. If nitrogen is not available, compressedair may be safely used under normaldriving conditions. However, NISSANrecommends refilling with nitrogen formaximum tire performance.

RUN-FLAT TIRES

Run-flat tires are those tires that can be usedtemporarily if they are punctured. ( “Run-flattires” page 8-34)

Also, see the tire safety information in theWarranty Information Booklet.

WARNING

. Although you can continue drivingwith a punctured run-flat tire, re-member that vehicle handling sta-

bility is reduced, which could lead toan accident and personal injury.Also, driving a long distance at highspeeds may damage the tires.

. Do not drive at speeds above 50MPH (80 km/h) and do not drivemore than 50 miles (80 km) with apunctured run-flat tire. The actualdistance the vehicle can be drivenon a flat tire depends on outsidetemperature, vehicle load, road con-ditions and other factors.

. Drive safely at reduced speeds.Avoid hard cornering or braking,which may cause you to lose controlof the vehicle.

NOTICE

. Never install tire chains on a punc-tured run-flat tire, as this coulddamage your vehicle.

. Avoid driving over any projection orpothole, as the clearance betweenthe vehicle and the ground is smal-ler than normal.

. Do not enter an automated car washwith a punctured run-flat tire.

. Have the punctured tire replaced byyour GT-R certified NISSAN dealeras soon as possible, as the tire’sperformance capability is reduced.

If you have a flat tire and have to stop thevehicle, follow the instructions below.

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road andaway from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parkingbrake. Move the shift lever to the&P position.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and tosignal professional road assistance person-nel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicleand stand in a safe place, away from trafficand clear of the vehicle.

If needed Roadside Assistance is available.Please see your Warranty Information Bookletfor the toll-free number to call (U.S.) or WarrantyInformation Booklet (Canada).

For the tire removing procedure, see thefollowing section. ( “JACKING VEHICLEAND REMOVING WHEELS” page 8-38)

In case of emergency 6-3

Page 235: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (230,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

The following circumstances indicate that thebattery is discharged.

. The starter motor does not turn or it turnsweakly and the engine does not start.

. The vehicle lights are much dimmer thanusual.

. The sound of the horn is weak. The hornmakes no sound.

NOTICE

When the battery is discharged, do notclose either of the front doors. Theautomatic window adjusting functionwill not work, and the side roof panelmay be damaged.

To start your engine with a booster battery, theinstructions and precautions below must befollowed.

For the battery maintenance information, see thefollowing section. ( “BATTERY” page 8-15)

WARNING

. If done incorrectly, jump startingcan lead to a battery explosion,resulting in severe injury or death.It could also damage your vehicle.

. Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames awayfrom the battery.

. Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin, clothingor painted surfaces. Battery fluid isa corrosive sulphuric acid solutionwhich can cause severe burns. If thefluid should come into contact withanything, immediately flush the con-tacted area with water.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

. The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

. Whenever working on or near abattery, always wear suitable eyeprotectors (for example, goggles orindustrial safety spectacles) andremove rings, metal bands, or anyother jewelry. Do not lean over thebattery when jump starting.

. Do not attempt to jump start afrozen battery. It could explodeand cause serious injury.

. Your vehicle has an automatic en-

gine cooling fan. It could come on atany time. Keep hands and otherobjects away from it.

If needed, Roadside Assistance is available.Please see your Warranty Information Bookletfor the toll-free number to call (U.S.) or WarrantyInformation Booklet (Canada).

6-4 In case of emergency

JUMP STARTING

Page 236: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (231,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damageto the charging system and causepersonal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle*A , position the two vehicles (*A and*B )to bring their batteries into close proximity toeach other. Do not allow the two vehi-cles to touch.

2. Apply parking brake. Move the shift lever tothe &P position. Switch off all unnecessaryelectrical systems (light, heater, air condi-tioner, etc.).

3. Remove the battery cover. Cover the batterywith a firmly wrung out moist cloth to reduceexplosion hazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence asillustrated (*1 ? *2 ? *3 ? *4 ).

If the battery is disconnected or dis-charged, the steering wheel will lockand cannot be turned. Supply powerusing jumper cables before pushingthe ignition switch and disengagingthe steering lock.

CAUTION

. Always connect positive (+) to posi-tive (+) and negative (−) to bodyground (as illustrated), not to thebattery.

. Make sure that the jumper cablesdo not touch moving parts in theengine compartment and thatclamps do not contact any othermetal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle *Aand let it run for a few minutes.

In case of emergency 6-5

Page 237: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (232,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

6. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle *A at about 2,000 rpm, and startthe engine of the vehicle being jump started*B .

NOTE:Do not keep the starter motor engaged formore than 10 seconds. If the engine doesnot start right away, push the ignitionswitch to the OFF position and wait 10seconds before trying again.

7. After starting your engine, carefully discon-nect the negative cable and then the positivecable (*4 ? *3 ? *2 ? *1 ).

8. Be sure to dispose of the cloth used tocover the vent holes as it may be contami-nated with corrosive acid.

9. Put the battery cover on.

NOTE:If the clamp clip is difficult to connect tothe battery terminal, remove the cowl topcover to make it easier. ( “REMOVINGTHE COWL TOP COVER” page 8-8)

Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing.

NOTICE

Your NISSAN cannot be push-started ortow-started. Attempting to do so maycause transmission damage.

If needed, Roadside Assistance is available.Please see your Warranty Information Bookletfor the toll-free number to call (U.S.) or Warranty& Roadside Assistance Information Booklet(Canada).

WARNING

. Do not continue to drive if yourvehicle overheats. Doing so couldcause engine damage or a vehiclefire.

. To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never remove the radiatorfiller cap and the coolant reservoircap while the engine is still hot.When the cap is removed, pressur-ized hot water will spurt out, possi-bly causing serious injury.

. Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading), or ifyou feel a lack of engine power, detect unusualnoise, etc., take the following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, applythe parking brake and move the shift lever tothe &P position.

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all thewindows, move the temperature control tomaximum hot and fan control to high speed.

6-6 In case of emergency

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

Page 238: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (233,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

3. If engine overheating is caused by climbinga long hill on a hot day, run the engine at afast idle (approximately 1,500 rpm) until thetemperature gauge indication returns tonormal.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the radiatorbefore opening the hood. (If steam orcoolant is escaping, turn off the engine.)Do not open the hood further until no steamor coolant can be seen.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

6. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fan isrunning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water. If coolant is leaking,the drive belts are missing or loose, or thecooling fan does not run, stop the engine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts or

the engine cooling fan. The enginecooling fan can start at any time.

7. When the coolant temperature gauge goesdown to the midpoint, stop the engine andwait until the gauge goes down further to“C” (cold).

8. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank. Addcoolant to the reservoir, if necessary, afteropening the coolant reservoir cap with aheavy cloth covering it. ( “ENGINECOOLING SYSTEM” page 8-9)

9. Have your vehicle repaired at the nearestGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

If needed, Roadside Assistance is available.Please see your Warranty Information Bookletfor the toll-free number to call (U.S.) or Warranty& Roadside Assistance Information Booklet(Canada).

When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial inCanada) and local regulations for towing mustbe followed. Incorrect towing equipment coulddamage your vehicle. Towing instructions areavailable from a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.Local service operators are familiar with theapplicable laws and procedures for towing. Toassure proper towing and to prevent accidentaldamage to your vehicle, NISSAN recommendsthat you have a service operator tow yourvehicle. It is advisable to have the serviceoperator carefully read the following precau-tions.

WARNING

. Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

. Never get under your vehicle after ithas been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

If needed, Roadside Assistance is available.Please see your Warranty Information Bookletfor the toll-free number to call (U.S.) or Warranty& Roadside Assistance Information Booklet(Canada).

In case of emergency 6-7

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

Page 239: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (234,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSAN

NISSAN recommends that towing dollies beused when towing your vehicle or the vehicle beplaced on a flat bed truck as illustrated.

NOTICE

Never tow the vehicle with any ofthe wheels on the ground as thismay cause serious and expensivedamage to the powertrain.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing astuck vehicle)

WARNING

. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

. Do not spin your tires at high speed.

6-8 In case of emergency

Page 240: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (235,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

This could cause them to explodeand result in serious injury. Parts ofyour vehicle could also overheatand be damaged.

Pulling a stuck vehicleIf your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,use a tow strap or other device designedspecifically for vehicle recovery. Always followthe manufacturer’s instructions for the recoverydevice.

Using a suitable tool wrapped with a cloth *1 ,remove the cover *2 from the front bumper.

Securely install the vehicle recovery hook *3stored in the toolbox located under the frontpassenger’s floor. Use the wheel nut wrench*4as illustrated to secure the recovery hook.Attach the tow strap to the recovery hook. Makesure that the hook is properly secured in theoriginal place after use.

Do not use the tie down hooks for towing orvehicle recovery.

CAUTION

. Do not use the vehicle tie downs tofree a vehicle stuck in sand, snow,mud, etc.

. Always pull the cable straight outfrom the front of the vehicle. Neverpull on the vehicle at an angle.

. Pulling devices such as ropes orcanvas straps are not recommendedfor use in vehicle towing or recov-ery.

NOTICE

. Tow chains or cables must be at-tached only to the vehicle recoveryhooks or main structural membersof the vehicle. Otherwise, the vehi-cle body will be damaged.

. Never tow a vehicle using the vehi-cle tie downs or recovery hooks.

. Pulling devices should be routed sothey do not touch any part of thesuspension, steering, brake or cool-ing systems.

Rocking a stuck vehicleIf your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behind thevehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clearan area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back-ward.

. Shift back and forth between the &R and&A↔&M positions.

In case of emergency 6-9

Page 241: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (236,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

. Apply the accelerator as little as possi-ble to maintain the rocking motion.

. Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between the &R and &A↔&Mpositions.

. Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55km/h).

5. Turn on the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system.

6. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a fewtries, contact a professional towing serviceto remove the vehicle.

6-10 In case of emergency

Page 242: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (25,1)

7 Appearance and care

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Outside door handles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Cleaning interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Air fresheners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Most common factors contributing to vehiclecorrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6To protect your vehicle from corrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Page 243: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (240,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

In order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

To protect the paint surfaces, wash your vehicleas soon as you can:

. after a rainfall to prevent possible damagefrom acid rain

. after driving on coastal roads

. when contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugsget on the paint surface

. when dust or mud builds up on the surface

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in ashady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHING

WARNING

Do not use a wax on the glass, rubberor plastic parts around the glass ordoor. This may prevent window opera-

tion, or cause poor visibility which cancause a collision, personal injury ordeath.

NOTICE

Never use wax on the carbon parts. Thismay cause the parts to deteriorate.

Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge andplenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughlyusing a mild soap, a special vehicle soap orgeneral purpose dishwashing liquid mixed withclean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

NOTICE

. Do not use an automatic car wash.The rear wing may be damaged.

. Do not use car washes that use acidin the detergent. Some car washes,especially brushless ones, use someacid for cleaning. The acid may reactwith some plastic vehicle compo-nents, causing them to crack. Thiscould affect their appearance, andalso could cause them not to func-tion properly. Always check withyour car wash to confirm that acidis not used.

. Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemicaldetergents, gasoline or solvents.

. Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle body ishot, as the surface may becomewater-spotted.

. Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so the paint surface is notscratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of cleanwater.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable tothe effects of road salt. Therefore, these areasmust be regularly cleaned. Take care that thedrain holes in the lower edge of the door areopen. Spray water under the body and in thewheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash awayroad salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surfaceby using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.

7-2 Appearance and care

CLEANING EXTERIOR

Page 244: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (241,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

WAXING

Regular waxing protects the paint surface andhelps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishingis recommended to remove built-up wax residueand to avoid a weathered appearance beforereapplying wax.

A GT-R certified NISSAN dealer can assist youin choosing the proper product.

. Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions suppliedwith the wax.

. Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,cutting compounds or cleaners that maydamage the vehicle finish.

Machine compound or aggressive polishing on abase coat/clear coat paint finish may dull thefinish or leave swirl marks.

WARNING

Do not use wax on the glass, rubber orplastic parts around the glass or door.This may prevent the window operationor cause poor visibility and the waxcannot be coated uniformly.

NOTICE

Never use wax on the carbon parts. Thismay cause deterioration or corrosion.

REMOVING SPOTS

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the paint surface to avoid lasting damageor staining. Special cleaning products areavailable at a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer orany automotive accessory stores.

UNDERBODY

In areas where road salt is used in winter, theunderbody must be cleaned regularly. This willprevent dirt and salt from building up andcausing the acceleration of corrosion on theunderbody and suspension. Before the winterperiod and again in the spring, the undersealmust be checked and, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASS

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dustfilm from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glassto become coated with a film after the vehicle isparked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a softcloth will easily remove this film.

NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the win-dows, do not use sharp-edged tools,abrasive cleaners or chlorine-baseddisinfectant cleaners. They could da-mage the electrical conductors, radioantenna elements or rear windowdefroster elements.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS

Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in amild soap solution, especially during wintermonths in areas where road salt is used. Saltcould discolor the wheels if not removed.

NOTICE

Follow the directions below to avoidstaining or discoloring the wheels:

. Do not use a cleaner that usesstrong acid or alkali contents toclean the wheels.

. Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. Thewheel temperature should be thesame as ambient temperature.

. Rinse the wheel to completely re-move the cleaner within 15 minutesafter the cleaner is applied.

Appearance and care 7-3

Page 245: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (242,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

CHROME PARTS

Clean chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

OUTSIDE DOOR HANDLES

After driving on a road where salt is used inwinter, immediately wash and clean the outsidedoor handles that are provided with a specialcoating. This will keep the beautiful finish longer.

TIRE DRESSING

NISSAN does not recommend the use of tiredressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating tothe tires to help reduce discoloration of therubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, itmay react with the coating and form a com-pound. This compound may come off the tirewhile driving and stain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, take thefollowing precautions:

. Use a water-based tire dressing. The coat-ing on the tire dissolves more easily with anoil-based tire dressing.

. Apply a light coat of tire dressing to helpprevent it from entering the tire tread/grooves (where it would be difficult toremove).

. Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry

towel. Make sure the tire dressing iscompletely removed from the tire tread/grooves.

. Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-mended by tire dressing manufacturer.

Occasionally remove loose dust from the interiortrim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuumcleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl andleather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dam-pened in mild soap solution, then wipe cleanwith a dry soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in order tomaintain the appearance of the leather.

Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabricprotectors contain chemicals that may stain orbleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, to cleanthe meter and gauge lens.

CAUTION

. Do not use water or acidic cleaners(hot steam cleaners) on the seat.This can damage the seat or occu-pant classification sensor. This canalso affect the operation of the airbag system and result in seriouspersonal injury.

. Never use benzine, thinner, or anysimilar material.

7-4 Appearance and care

CLEANING INTERIOR

Page 246: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (243,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

NOTICE

. Small dirt particles can be abrasiveand damaging to the leather sur-faces and should be removedpromptly. Do not use saddle soap,car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaningfluids, solvents, detergents or am-monia-based cleaners as they maydamage the leather’s natural finish.

. Never use fabric protectors unlessrecommended by the manufacturer.

. Do not use glass or plastic cleaneron meter or gauge lens covers. Itmay damage the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERS

Most air fresheners use a solvent that couldaffect the vehicle interior. If an air freshener isused, take the following precautions:

. Hanging-type air fresheners can causepermanent discoloration when they contactvehicle interior surfaces. Place the airfreshener in a location that allows it to hangfree and not contact an interior surface.

. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip onthe vents. These products can causeimmediate damage and discoloration whenspilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions before using air fresheners.

FLOOR MATS

The use of NISSAN floor mats can extend thelife of your vehicle carpet and make it easier toclean the interior. No matter what mats areused, be sure they are fitted for yourvehicle and are properly positioned in thefootwell to prevent interference with pedaloperation. Mats should be maintained withregular cleaning and replaced if they becomeexcessively worn.

Floor mat positioning aidThis vehicle includes front floor mat brackets toact as floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floormats have been specially designed for yourvehicle model. The front floor mats havegrommet holes in them. To install, position themat by placing the floor mat bracket hookthrough the floor mat grommet hole whilecentering the mat in the footwell.

Periodically check to make certain that the matsare properly positioned.

Appearance and care 7-5

Page 247: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (244,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

SEAT BELTS

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soapsolution. Allow the belts to dry completely inthe shade before using them. ( “SEAT BELTMAINTENANCE” page 1-13)

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up inthe retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, orchemical solvents to clean the seatbelts, since these materials may se-verely weaken the seat belt webbing.

Cleaning the power window finisherMoisten a soft cloth with neutral detergent andwipe off the dirt on the power window finisher*1 .

After wiping off the dirt, soak a cloth with waterand wring it out thoroughly, then wipe off theneutral detergent.

NOTICE

Some cleaners may cause the paint topeel or cause spots to occur. If using acleaner, consult with a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

MOST COMMON FACTORS CON-TRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORRO-SION

. The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirtand debris in body panel sections, cavities,and other areas.

. Damage to paint and other protective coat-ings caused by gravel and stone chips orminor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS IN-FLUENCE THE RATE OF CORRO-SION

MoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water on thevehicle body underside can accelerate corro-sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completelyinside the vehicle, and should be removed fordrying to avoid floor panel corrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing whereatmospheric pollution exists, or where road saltis used.

TemperatureA temperature increase will accelerate the rateof corrosion to those parts which are not wellventilated.

7-6 Appearance and care

CORROSION PROTECTION

Page 248: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (245,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt in the airin coastal areas, or heavy road salt use willaccelerate the corrosion process. Road salt willalso accelerate the disintegration of paintsurfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION

. Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep thevehicle clean.

. Always check for minor damage to the paintand repair it as soon as possible.

. Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doorsopen to avoid water accumulation.

. Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with wateras soon as possible.

CAUTION

. NEVER remove dirt, sand or otherdebris from the passenger compart-ment by washing it out with a hose.Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.

. Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electroniccomponents inside the vehicle asthis may damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosionand deterioration of underbody componentssuch as the exhaust system, fuel and brakelines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in some areas,consult a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

Appearance and care 7-7

Page 249: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (246,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

MEMO

7-8 Appearance and care

Page 250: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (28,1)

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Maintenance requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Scheduled maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Where to go for service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Explanation of maintenance items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

Removing the cowl top cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Engine cooling system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11

Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

Transmission oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15Fluid level check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

Drive belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19Windshield wiper blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19Replacing the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20

Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21Brake pad wear warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21High performance brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21Replacing the brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23

Intelligent Key battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26Exterior and interior lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26

Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28Tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30Checking the tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31Tire labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36Jacking vehicle and removing wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-38

Page 251: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (248,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Your new NISSAN has been designed to haveminimum maintenance requirements with longservice intervals to save you both time andmoney. However, some day-to-day and regularmaintenance is essential to maintain yourNISSAN’s fine mechanical condition, as wellas its emission and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure thatthe scheduled maintenance, as well as generalmaintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only one whocan ensure that your vehicle receives the propermaintenance care. You are a vital link in themaintenance chain.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

For your convenience, both required and op-tional scheduled maintenance items are de-scribed and listed in your NISSAN Service andMaintenance Guide. You must refer to that guideto ensure that necessary maintenance is per-formed on your NISSAN at regular intervals.

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normal day-to-day operation. They are essential for propervehicle operation. It is your responsibility toperform these procedures regularly as pre-scribed.

Performing general maintenance checks re-quires minimal mechanical skill and only a fewgeneral automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done byyourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE

GT-R certified NISSAN dealers are required tohave additional training and equipment and arethe only NISSAN dealers authorized to performwarranty work on key vehicle performancesystems such as engine, transmission, suspen-sion and brakes.

If maintenance service is required or your vehicleappears to malfunction, have the systemschecked and serviced by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialistsand are kept up to date with the latest serviceinformation through technical bulletins, servicetips, and in-dealer information systems. They arecompletely qualified to work on NISSAN vehi-cles before work begins.

You can be confident that a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer’s service department performsthe best job to meet the maintenance require-ments on your vehicle — in a reliable andeconomical way.

To find a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer nearyou, call 1-866-668-1GTR in the US or 1-800-387-0122 in Canada, or go to www. gtrnissan.com/.

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT

Page 252: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (249,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

During the normal day-to-day operation of thevehicle, general maintenance should be per-formed regularly as prescribed in this section. Ifyou detect any unusual sounds, vibrations orsmell, be sure to check for the cause or have aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer do it promptly. Inaddition, you should notify a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer if you think that repairs arerequired. ( “MAINTENANCE PRECAU-TIONS” page 8-5)

EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCEITEMS

Additional information on the followingitems with “*” is found later in this section.

Outside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that all doorsand the engine hood, operate properly. Alsoensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricatehinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links ifnecessary. Make sure that the secondary latchkeeps the hood from opening when the primarylatch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis.Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lights are alloperating properly and installed securely. Alsocheck headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checkingthe tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing,and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten ifnecessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires cannot be rotated becauseyour vehicle is equipped with different sized tiresin the front and rear.

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge oftenand always prior to long distance trips. Ifnecessary, adjust the pressure in all tires to thepressure specified. Check carefully for damage,cuts or excessive wear.

NOTE:. You can check the pressure of all four

tires on the multi function display. Seethe separate Multi Function DisplayOwner’s Manual.

. The tires of this vehicle are filled withnitrogen gas. When the tire pressure islow, fill the tires with nitrogen. Contacta GT-R certified NISSAN dealer forinformation on filling the tires withnitrogen.

. If nitrogen is not available, compressedair may be safely used under normaldriving conditions. However, NISSANrecommends refilling with nitrogen formaximum tire performance.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace the TPMStransmitter grommet seal, valve core and capwhen the tires are replaced due to wear or age.

Tire, wheel alignment and balance: If thevehicle should pull to either side while driving ona straight and level road, or if you detect unevenor abnormal tire wear, there may be a need forwheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normalhighway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

For additional information regarding tires, referto “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regularbasis. Check the windshield at least every sixmonths for cracks or other damage. Have adamaged windshield repaired by a qualifiedrepair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracksor wear if they do not wipe properly.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

Page 253: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (250,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Inside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as whenperforming periodic maintenance, cleaning thevehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort. Keepthe floor mat away from the pedal.

Transmission &P mechanism: On a fairly steephill, check that your vehicle is held securely withthe shift lever in the &P position without applyingany brakes.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenly goesdown further than normal, the pedal feelsspongy or the vehicle seems to take longer tostop, see a GT-R certified NISSAN dealerimmediately. Keep the floor mat away from thepedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill with only theparking brake applied. If the parking brake needsto be adjusted, see a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat beltsystem (for example, buckles, anchors, adjusterand retractors) operate properly and smoothly,and are installed securely. Check the beltwebbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensurethey operate smoothly and that all latches locksecurely in every position. Check that the headrestraints move up and down smoothly and thatthe locks (if so equipped) hold securely in alllatched positions.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive free play,hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure thatall warning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properly andin sufficient quantity when operating the heateror air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly and thatthe wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each time you

check the engine oil or refuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell. Itshould be between the MAX and MIN lines.Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere condition require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brakefluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines onthe reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant levelwhen the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure that no belt isfrayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level after parkingthe vehicle on a level spot and turning off theengine. Wait at least 5 minutes for the oil todrain back into the oil pan before checking theoil.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loosesupports, cracks or holes. If the sound of theexhaust seems unusual or there is a smell ofexhaust fumes in the engine compartment,immediately have the exhaust system inspectedby a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.( “EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)”page 5-2)

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has

8-4 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Page 254: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (251,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

been parked for a while. Water dripping from theair conditioner after use is normal. If you shouldnotice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident,check for the cause and have it correctedimmediately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines: Checkthe level when the fluid is cold, with the engineoff. Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks,cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure thehoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or looseconnections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-posed to corrosive substances such as thoseused on icy roads or to control dust. It is veryimportant to remove these substances, other-wise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuellines and around the exhaust system. At the endof winter, the underbody should be thoroughlyflushed with plain water, being careful to cleanthose areas where mud and dirt may accumu-late. ( “UNDERBODY” page 7-3)

Windshield washer fluid*: Check that there isadequate fluid in the reservoir.

When performing any inspection or mainte-nance work on your vehicle, always take careto prevent serious accidental injury to yourself ordamage to the vehicle. The following are generalprecautions which should be closely observed.

WARNING

. Park the vehicle on a level surface,apply the parking brake securelyand block the wheels to preventthe vehicle from moving. Move theshift lever to the &P position.

. Be sure the ignition switch is in theOFF or LOCK position when per-forming any parts replacement orrepairs.

. If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, clothing,hair and tools away from movingfans, belts and any other movingparts.

. It is advisable to secure or removeany loose clothing and remove anyjewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.before working on your vehicle.

. Always wear eye protection when-ever you work on your vehicle.

. If you must run the engine in an

enclosed space such as a garage, besure there is proper ventilation forexhaust gases to escape.

. Never get under the vehicle while itis supported only by a jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from fuel tank and thebattery.

. Your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic engine cooling fan. It maycome on at any time without warn-ing, even if the ignition key is in theOFF position and the engine is notrunning. To avoid injury, alwaysdisconnect the negative batterycable before working near the fan.

. The fuel filter or fuel lines should beserviced by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer because the fuel lines areunder high pressure even when theengine is off.

CAUTION

. Do not work under the hood whilethe engine is hot. Turn the engine

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-5

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

Page 255: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (252,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

off and wait until it cools down.

. Avoid direct contact with used en-gine oil and coolant. Improperlydisposed engine oil, coolant, and/or other vehicle fluids can damagethe environment. Always conform tolocal regulations for disposal ofvehicle fluid.

NOTICE

. Never connect or disconnect thebattery or any transistorized com-ponent while the ignition switch isin the ON position.

. Never leave the engine or transmis-sion related component harnessesdisconnected while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectiongives instructions regarding only those itemswhich are relatively easy for an owner to perform.

A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is alsoavailable. ( “OWNER’S MANUAL/SER-VICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION” page9-18)

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operating

difficulties or excessive emissions. If in doubtabout any servicing, we recommend that itbe done by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

8-6 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Page 256: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (253,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

1. Fuse/fusible link holder

2. Battery

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Engine oil dipstick

5. Brake fluid reservoir

6. Air cleaner

7. Power steering fluid reservoir

8. Radiator filler cap

9. Coolant reservoir cap (pressure type)

10. Coolant reservoir

11. Window washer fluid reservoir

NOTICE

The coolant reservoir is equipped with apressure type cap, and the radiator isequipped with a non-pressure type cap.Do not switch the radiator filler cap andthe coolant reservoir cap. Doing so willcause substandard cooling perfor-mance and overheating.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-7

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS

Page 257: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (254,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

REMOVING THE COWL TOP COVER

Remove the cowl top cover if necessary.

1. Remove the battery cover.

2. Unfasten the 5 clips and remove the cowltop cover *A by pulling it up.

3. Unfasten the 3 clips and remove the cowltop cover*B by pulling it towards the frontof the vehicle.

8-8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Page 258: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (255,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

The engine cooling system is filled at the factorywith a high-quality, year-round, anti-freeze cool-ant solution. The antifreeze solution containsrust and corrosion inhibitors, therefore additionalcooling system additives are not necessary.

WARNING

Never remove the radiator cap andengine coolant reservoir cap when theengine is hot. Wait until the engine andradiator cool down. Serious burns couldbe caused by high pressure fluid escap-ing from the radiator or coolant reser-v o i r . ( “ I F YOUR VEH ICLEOVERHEATS” page 6-6)

NOTICE

. When adding or replacing coolant,be sure to use only a GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (green) or equivalent with theproper mixture ratio shown in thefollowing chart. The use of othertypes of coolant solutions may da-mage the engine cooling system.

. The coolant reservoir is equippedwith a pressure type radiator cap. Toprevent engine damage, use only agenuine NISSAN coolant reservoircap.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-9

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Page 259: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (256,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Outsidetemperaturedown to

Coolant mixture ratio

Driving conditionsAntifreeze

Demineralized water ordistilled water

8F 8C

5 −15 30% 70%For maximum cooling per-

formance

−22 −30 50% 50%For driving in an extremely

cold area

NOTE:. The coolant mixture ratio should be a combination of 30% antifreeze and 70%

demineralized or distilled water for maximum cooling system performance.

. If ambient temperatures are anticipated to be below 58F (−158C), make sure a propermixture ratio of 50% antifreeze and 50% demineralized or distilled water mix is used.

. To maximize vehicle performance, the coolant mixture ratio should be a combinationof 30% antifreeze and 70% demineralized or distilled water for maximum coolingsystem performance regardless of ambient temperatures.

8-10 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Page 260: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (257,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LE-VEL

Check the coolant level in the reservoir whenthe engine is cold. If the coolant level is belowthe MIN level *2 , open the reservoir cap(pressure type) *B and add coolant up tobetween the MAX and MIN level *3 . If thereservoir is empty, open the radiator filler cap*Aand check the coolant level in the radiator whenthe engine is cold. If there is insufficientcoolant in the radiator, fill the radiator withcoolant up to the filler opening and also add it tothe reservoir up to between the MAX and MINlevel *3 .

If the cooling system frequently requirescoolant, have it checked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

Check that the level of coolant is between MAXand MIN on the pressurized radiator reservoir. Ifthe level is below the midpoint, the amount ofcoolant circulating may be insufficient for max-imum vehicle performance, possibly causingengine overheating or other trouble.

If it is difficult to determine the midpoint betweenMAX and MIN, remove the coolant reservoir capand look inside through the opening to checkthat the coolant level is above the divider *3between the top half and bottom half of thepressurized coolant reservoir.

NOTICE

. The coolant reservoir is equippedwith a pressure type cap, and theradiator is equipped with a non-pressure type cap. Do not switchthe radiator filler cap and the cool-ant reservoir cap. Doing so willcause substandard cooling perfor-mance and overheating.

. If you have added only water as thecoolant in an emergency, change itto a coolant mixture ratio specifiedas soon as possible.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT

If major cooling system repairs are required,contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. Theservice procedures can be found in the appro-priate NISSAN Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

. To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never change the coolantwhen the engine is hot.

. Never remove the radiator filler capand the coolant reservoir cap whenthe engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator andreservoir.

. Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made,wash thoroughly with soap or handcleaner as soon as possible.

. Keep coolant out of reach of chil-dren and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.Check your local regulations.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-11

Page 261: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (258,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and applythe parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait at least 5minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan before checking the oil.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oillevel. It should be within the range*1 . If theoil level is below*2 , remove the oil filler cap

and pour recommended oil through theopening. Do not overfill *3 .

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

NOTE:It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during the break-in period, depending on the severity ofoperating conditions.

NOTICE

. Mobil 1 (0W-40) (100% synthetic) isthe factory fill oil. The VR38 enginewith its plasma-sprayed bores wasdeveloped using this oil. NISSANcannot ensure proper engine opera-tion and durability if other 0W-40synthetic oil is used. If Mobil 1 (0W-40) is not available, Mobil 1 (10W-40) (100% synthetic) may be used;however, some performance lossmay be noticed.

. Oil level should be checked regu-larly. Operating the engine with aninsufficient amount of oil can da-mage the engine. See the 2010NISSAN GT-R Warranty InformationBooklet for details including applic-able exclusions.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

NOTE:When replacement is required, contact aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer for servicing.

WARNING

. Prolonged and repeated contactwith used engine oil may cause skincancer.

. Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made,wash thoroughly with soap or handcleaner as soon as possible.

. Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

8-12 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ENGINE OIL

Page 262: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (259,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

NOTE:When checking or replacement is required,contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer forservicing.

NOTICE

. Use only Transmission Oil R35 Spe-cial. Do not mix with other fluids.

. Using transmission oil other thanTransmission Oil R35 Special willcause deterioration in driveabilityand transmission durability, andmay damage the transmission. Seethe 2010 NISSAN GT-R WarrantyInformation Booklet for details in-cluding applicable exclusions.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. Remove thecap that is attached with a gauge inside.

The fluid level should be checked using the frontside of the gauge marked “HOT” (*1 : HOTMIN., *2 : HOT MAX.) at fluid temperatures of122 to 1768F (50 to 808C) or using the reverseside of the gauge marked “COLD” (*3 : COLDMIN.,*4 : COLD MAX.) at fluid temperatures of32 to 868F (0 to 308C).

If the fluid is below the MIN line, add GenuineNISSAN PSF or equivalent. Remove the capand fill through the opening.

NOTE:For maximum steering system perfor-mance, adjust the fluid level at the line*5 at the hot fluid temperature or *6 atthe cold fluid temperature. Contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer when precise fluidlevel adjustment is required.

NOTICE

. Do not overfill.

. Use Genuine NISSAN PSF orequivalent.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-13

TRANSMISSION OIL POWER STEERING FLUID

Page 263: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (260,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

For further brake fluid information, see thefollowing section. ( “CAPACITIES ANDRECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS” page9-2)

WARNING

. Use only new fluid from a sealedcontainer. Old, inferior or contami-nated fluid may damage the brakesystem. The use of improper fluidscan damage the brake system andaffect the vehicle’s stopping ability.

. Clean the filler cap before removing.

. Brake fluid is poisonous and shouldbe stored carefully in marked con-tainers out of the reach of children.

CAUTION

Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Spe-cial II is the factory fill brake fluid. TheVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) unit andother related parts were specially de-signed for this brake fluid and NISSANcannot ensure the best performanceand proper operation of the vehicle ifother brake fluid is used.

NOTICE

Do not spill the fluid on any paintedsurfaces. This will damage the paint. Iffluid is spilled, wash the surface withwater.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid isbelow the MIN line *1 or the brake warninglight comes on, add Genuine NISSAN BrakeFluid R35 Special II fluid up to the MAX line*2 .If fluid must be added frequently, the systemshould be checked by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.

8-14 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

BRAKE FLUID

Page 264: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (261,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

WARNING

Antifreeze is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containersout of the reach of children.

Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodi-cally. Add window washer fluid when the lowwasher fluid warning appears on the vehicleinformation display. ( “LOW WASHERFLUID WARNING” page 2-38)

To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, lift thecap off the reservoir tank and pour the windowwasher fluid into the tank opening.

Add a washer solvent to the washer for bettercleaning. In the winter season, add a windshieldwasher antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’sinstructions for the mixture ratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently when drivingconditions require an increased amount ofwindow washer fluid.

NOTICE

. Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution.This may result in damage to thepaint.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based washer fluidconcentrates may permanently stainthe grille if spilled while filling thewindow washer reservoir tank.

NOTE:Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recommendedlevels before pouring the fluid into thewindow washer reservoir. Do not use thewindow washer reservoir to mix thewasher fluid concentrate and water.

. Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Clean the battery with a solution of bakingsoda and water.

. Make certain the terminal connections areclean and securely tightened.

. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days orlonger, disconnect the negative (−) batteryterminal cable to prevent discharging it.

PRECAUTIONS

NOTICE

When the battery cable is removed fromthe battery terminal, do not close eitherof the front doors. The automatic win-dow adjusting function will not work,and the side roof panel may be da-maged.

To disconnect the negative (−) battery terminal,perform the procedure in the following order.Otherwise, the window and the side roof panelmay contact and be damaged.

1. Close the windows.

2. Open the hood.

3. Close and lock all the doors.

4. Disconnect the negative (−) battery terminal.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-15

WINDOW WASHER FLUID BATTERY

Page 265: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (262,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

5. Securely close the hood.

To connect the negative (−) battery terminal,perform the procedure in the following order.Otherwise, the window and the side roof panelmay contact and be damaged.

1. Unlock and open the driver side door. Donot close the door.

2. Open the hood.

3. Connect the negative (−) battery terminal.Then close the hood.

4. Fully open the driver side door window.

5. Close the driver side door and the window.

FLUID LEVEL CHECK

WARNING

. Do not expose the battery to flamesor electrical sparks. Hydrogen gasgenerated by the battery is explo-sive. Do not allow battery fluid tocontact your skin, eyes, fabrics, orpainted surfaces. After touching abattery or battery cap, do not touchor rub your eyes. Thoroughly washyour hands. If the acid contacts youreyes, skin or clothing, immediatelyflush with water for at least 15

minutes and seek medical attention.

. Do not operate the vehicle if thefluid in the battery is low. Lowbattery fluid can cause a higher loadon the battery which can generateheat, reduce battery life, and insome cases lead to an explosion.

. When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectionand remove all jewelry.

. Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands afterhandling.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

Check the fluid level in each cell (Remove thebattery cover if it is necessary). It should bebetween the UPPER LEVEL *1 and LOWERLEVEL *2 lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilledwater to bring the level to the indicator in eachfiller opening. Do not overfill.

8-16 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Page 266: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (263,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

1. Remove the cell plugs *A .

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL*1 line.

If the side of the battery is not clear, checkthe distilled water level by looking directlyabove the cell; the condition *1 indicatesOK and the conditions *2 needs more tobe added.

3. Tighten cell plugs *A .

Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere conditions require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

JUMP STARTING

If jump starting is necessary, see the followingsection. ( “JUMP STARTING” page 6-4)

If the engine does not start by jump starting, thebattery may have to be replaced. Contact aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

1. Power steering fluid pump

2. Alternator

3. Crankshaft pulley

4. Air conditioner compressor

5. Drive belt auto-tensioner

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFFor LOCK position before servicing drivebelts. The engine could rotate unex-pectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. Ifthe belt is in poor condition or loose, have it

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-17

DRIVE BELTS

Page 267: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (264,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

replaced or adjusted by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly for condi-tion and tension in accordance with themaintenance schedule in your NISSANService and Maintenance Guide.

WARNING

Be sure the engine and the ignitionswitch are off and that the parkingbrake is engaged securely.

NOTICE

Be sure to use the correct socket toremove the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.

REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

If replacement is required, see a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer for servicing.

Iridium-tipped spark plugsIt is not necessary to replace the iridium-tippedspark plugs as frequently as the conventionaltype spark plugs since they will last much longer.Follow the maintenance schedule in NISSANService and Maintenance Guide, but do notreuse them by cleaning or regapping.

Always replace spark plugs with recom-mended or equivalent ones.

8-18 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

SPARK PLUGS

Page 268: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (265,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Remove the retainers *1 as illustrated and pullout the filter element *2 .

The filter element should not be cleaned andreused. Replace it according to the maintenanceintervals. See NISSAN Service and Mainte-nance Guide for maintenance intervals. Whenreplacing the filter, wipe the inside of the air

cleaner housing and the cover with a dampcloth.

WARNING

. Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleanernot only cleans the air, it stopsflame if the engine backfires. If itisn’t there, and the engine backfires,you could be burned. Do not drivewith the air cleaner removed, and becareful when working on the enginewith the air cleaner removed.

. Never pour fuel into the throttlebody or attempt to start the enginewith the air cleaner removed. Doingso could result in serious injury.

CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other material may be onthe blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not form whenrinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent.Then rinse the blade with clear water. If yourwindshield is still not clear after cleaning theblades and using the wiper, replace the blades.

CAUTION

Worn windshield wiper blades candamage the windshield and impairdriver vision.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-19

AIR CLEANER WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

Page 269: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (266,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

REPLACING THE WIPER BLADES

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Pull the wiper arm.

2. Push the release tab*A , and then move thewiper blade down the wiper arm *1 whilepushing the release tab to remove.

3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiperarm until a click sounds.

4. Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is inthe groove.

NOTICE

. After wiper blade replacement, re-turn the wiper arm to its originalposition; otherwise it may be da-maged when the hood is opened.

. Make sure the wiper blades contactthe glass; otherwise the arm may bedamaged from wind pressure. Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle *A .

This may cause improper windshield washeroperation. If the nozzle is clogged, remove anyobjects with a needle or small pin *B . Becareful not to damage the nozzle.

8-20 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Page 270: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (267,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

If the brakes do not operate properly, have thebrakes checked by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.

SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKES

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time thebrake pedal is applied.

WARNING

See a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer fora brake system check if the brake pedalheight does not return to normal.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING

The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, itwill make a high pitched scraping sound whenthe vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound willfirst occur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After more wear of the brake pad,the sound will always be heard even if the brakepedal is not depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the wear warningsound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or other noisemay be heard. Occasional brake noise duringlight to moderate stops is normal and does not

affect the function or performance of the brakesystem.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information, see themaintenance log section of your NISSANService and Maintenance Guide for mainte-nance intervals.

HIGH PERFORMANCE BRAKE SYS-TEM

This vehicle is equipped with high performancebrake pads that provide appropriate brakingforce in a broad range of driving environments.Due to the material used for the brake pads, theroad wheels may become more easily coveredby brake dust, however this does not indicatethat there is a malfunction.

The GT-R brake pads use material that containsa lot of iron to maintain steady braking perfor-mance even in high and low temperatures.However, if the brake system is wet and theparking brake is applied for a long time, the ironin this material may get rusty and the brake padand disc rotor may be fixed together. This maycause noise and vibration while driving. Beforeparking the vehicle, dry the brake by driving on adry road, especially after washing the vehicle ordriving in rain. Contact a GT-R certified NISSANdealer if the noise and vibration continue.

Frequent hard braking may cause scorching of

the brake pads. This will require the brake padsto be replaced, even if the wear limit has notbeen reached. Have the brake pads and discrotors inspected at the regular vehicle inspec-tions.

For more details, contact a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

REPLACING THE BRAKE PADS

Replace all four sets of brake pads and discrotors at the same time to maintain the maximumbrake performance.

NOTE:. To maintain steady braking perfor-

mance in both extremely high and lowtemperatures, the gap between thebrake pad and caliper is larger thannormal and large-size brake pads areused. When driving over a bump, a lightrattling sound may be heard from thebrake pad. This does not indicate thatthere is a malfunction.

. When the brake disc rotor undergoesthermal expansion, a ticking noise maybe heard from the engaging portion ofthe wheel and the brake disc rotor. Thisdoes not indicate that there is a mal-function. The noise will reduce whenthe temperature decreases.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-21

BRAKES

Page 271: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (268,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to theOFF or LOCK position and the headlightswitch is turned to OFF.

2. Open the engine hood and remove thecover on the battery and the fuse/fusible linkholder.

3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder cover.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller that islocated in the engine compartment fuse box.

5. If the fuse is open*A , replace it with a newfuses *B . Spare fuses are stored in thepassenger compartment fuse box.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.

Fusible linksIf any electrical equipment does not operate andfuses are in good condition, check the fusiblelinks. If any of these fusible links are melted,replace only with genuine NISSAN parts.

8-22 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

FUSES

Page 272: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (269,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to theOFF or LOCK position and the headlightswitch is turned to OFF.

2. Open the fuse box lid.

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller *A .

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a new fuse.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

Be careful that batteries and otherremoved components are not swal-lowed by children.

NOTICE

There is the possibility that the key maybe damaged when the battery is re-placed. It is recommended that youhave the battery replaced by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-23

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERYREPLACEMENT

Page 273: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (270,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Recommended battery: Lithium battery CR2032or an equivalent.

1. Disengage the lock on the reverse side ofthe Intelligent Key while pulling out themechanical key.

2. Insert a flat-bladed screwdriver *1wrapped with a cloth into the slit *2 andtwist it to separate the case into the upperand lower parts.

NOTICE

Because there is the risk of scratchingthe key, wrap a cloth or similar itemaround the screwdriver when separat-ing the parts. If the screwdriver isinserted too far into the key, it maydamage the internal circuit board.

3. Remove the old battery and insert a newbattery with the + side facing down.

NOTICE

. Be sure that the + and − sides of thebattery are facing in the correctdirections when the battery is in-serted.

. Do not touch the internal circuits orelectronic terminals. Doing so maydamage them.

4. Reconnect the upper and lower parts of theIntelligent Key.

See a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer if youneed any assistance for replacement.

NOTE:After replacing the battery, be sure tocheck and check that all Intelligent Keysystem functions operate correctly.

FCC Notice:

This equipment has been tested and foundto comply with the limits for a Class Bdigital device pursuant to part 15 of theFCC Rules. These limits are designed toprovide reasonable protection against

8-24 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Page 274: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (271,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

harmful interference in a residential in-stallation. This equipment generates, usesand can radiate radio frequency energyand, if not installed and used in accor-dance with the instructions, may causeharmful interference to radio communica-tions. However, there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particularinstallation. If this equipment does causeharmful interference to radio or televisionreception, which can be determined byturning the equipment off and on, the useris encouraged to try to correct the inter-ference by one or more of the followingmeasures:

— Reorient or relocate the receiving an-tenna

— Increase the separation between theequipment and the receiver

— Connect the equipment into an outleton a circuit different from that to whichthe receiver is connected.

— Consult the dealer or an experiencedradio/TV technician for help. 1. Clearance light

2. Front turn signal light

3. Headlight (High beam)

4. Headlight (Low beam)

5. Front side marker light

6. High-mounted stop light

7. License plate light

8. Rear combination light (rear turn signal/tail/stop/back-up)

9. Rear side marker light

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-25

LIGHTS

Page 275: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (272,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

HEADLIGHTS

ReplacingXenon headlight bulb:

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To prevent anelectric shock, never attempt to modifyor disassemble. Always have your xe-non headlights replaced at a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.( “HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH” page 2-47)

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of theexterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. Atemperature difference between the inside andthe outside of the lens causes the fog. This doesnot indicate that there is a malfunction. If largedrops of water collect inside the lens, contact aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Headlight assembly**

low-beam (Xenon) 35 D2S

high-beam (Halogen) 65 H9

Front turn signal light* 28 7444NA

Clearance light* 5 W5W

Front side marker light* 3.8 T10

Rear combination light*

back-up 16 W16W

turn signal 21 WY21W

stop/tail LED —

Rear side marker light* LED —

License plate light* 5 W5W

Map light 8 —

Vanity mirror light 2 —

Step light* 8 —

Trunk light* 3.4 —

High-mounted stop light* LED —

*: See a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer for replacement.**: Always check with the Parts Department at a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information.

8-26 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Page 276: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (273,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C, D, E or F.When replacing a bulb, first remove the lensand/or cover.

Map light

Vanity mirror light

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-27

Page 277: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (274,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

If you have a flat tire, see the followingsection. ( “FLAT TIRE” page 6-2)

CAUTION

A GT-R certified NISSAN dealer shouldperform a tire change. It will be neces-sary to reset the tire pressure sensors.To change the tires, contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.

Be sure to use the tires and wheels together asa set that are designated for use with thisvehicle.

When tire replacement is required, replacing thetires as a set of four with new tires isrecommended. However, if a tire is puncturedor damaged, it may be possible to replace onlythe damaged tire. Determining whether one tireor a complete set of tires should be replaced isbased on a number of factors including tire wearand condition. Contact your GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer. They can recommend if anindividual tire or a complete set should bereplaced.

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire

pressure of all tires. When the low tire pressurewarning light is lit, one or more of your tires issignificantly under-inflated. The system alsodisplays pressure of all tires on the multi functiondisplay by sending a signal from a sensor that isinstalled in each wheel.

The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle isdriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h).Also, this system may not detect a sudden dropin tire pressure. ( “Low tire pressure warn-ing light” page 2-25) ( “TIRE PRESSUREMONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)” page 5-3)( “Flat tire” page 8-34)

Tire inflation pressureCheck the tire pressure often and alwaysprior to long distance trips. The recom-mended tire pressure specifications areshown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. labelor the Tire and Loading Information label (ifso equipped) under the “Cold Tire Pres-sure” heading. The Tire and LoadingInformation label is affixed to the driverside door end. Tire pressures should bechecked regularly because:

. Most tires naturally lose air over time.

. Tires can lose air suddenly when drivenover potholes or other objects or if thevehicle strikes a curb while parking.

NOTE:. You can check the pressure of all four

tires on the multi function display. Seethe separate Multi Function DisplayOwner’s Manual.

. The tires of this vehicle are filled withnitrogen gas. When the tire pressure islow, fill the tires with nitrogen. Contacta GT-R certified NISSAN dealer forinformation on filling the tires withnitrogen.

. If nitrogen is not available, compressedair may be safely used under normaldriving conditions. However, NISSANrecommends refilling with nitrogen formaximum tire performance.

The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires areconsidered COLD after the vehicle hasbeen parked for 3 or more hours, or drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderatespeeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, including un-der inflation, may adversely affect tirelife and vehicle handling.

8-28 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

WHEELS AND TIRES

Page 278: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (275,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

WARNING

. Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

. The Gross Vehicle Weight rating(GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la-bel. The vehicle weight capacityis indicated on the Tire andLoading Information label (if soequipped). Do not load yourvehicle beyond this capacity.Overloading your vehicle mayresult in reduced tire life, unsafeoperating conditions due to pre-mature tire failure, or unfavor-able handling characteristicsand could also lead to a seriousaccident. Loading beyond thespecified capacity may also re-sult in failure of other vehiclecomponents.

. Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily load yourvehicle, use a tire pressuregauge to ensure that the tirepressures are at the specifiedlevel.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-da) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

NOTE:. Use only genuine GT-R tires and road

wheels.

The GT-R uses specially designed run-flat tires and matching road wheels.Use of these specially developed tiresand wheels provides the greatest po-tential for maximum performance.

— Genuine GT-R tires and roadwheels help achieve maximum cor-nering and braking performance.

— Genuine GT-R tires and roadwheels help achieve maximum tiredurability during acceleration.

— Genuine GT-R tires and roadwheels help achieve maximumhandling capability during perfor-mance driving.

— Genuine GT-R tires and roadwheels help provide road holdingin the event of decreasing tire

pressure and punctures.

— Genuine GT-R tires and roadwheels help prevent the decreaseof straight-running stability causedby uneven tire wear due to highrigidity wheels and wide tires.

. Do not reuse the tires that were onceremoved from the road wheels. Be-cause the tires used with this vehicleare more rigid than ordinary tires, theymay be damaged when they are re-moved. Even if there is no visibledamage, reusing these tires is not safeand may cause an accident. In addition,the tires may be cut when they areremoved from the road wheels in orderto prevent scratches to the roadwheels.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-29

Page 279: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (276,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABEL

*1 Seating capacity: The maximum num-ber of occupants that can be seatedin the vehicle.

*2 Vehicle load limit: See the followingsection. ( “VEHICLE LOADING IN-FORMATION” page 9-11)

*3 Original size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicle atthe factory.

*4 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires tothis pressure when the tires are cold.Tires are considered COLD after thevehicle has been parked for 3 ormore hours, or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km) at moderate speeds. Therecommended cold tire inflation is setby the manufacturer to provide thebest balance of tire wear, vehiclehandling, driveability, tire noise, etc.,up to the vehicle’s GVWR.

*5 Tire size — see the following section.( “TIRE LABELING” page 8-32)

*6 Spare tire size or compact spare tiresize (if so equipped)

8-30 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Page 280: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (277,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

CHECKING THE TIRE PRESSURE

1. Remove the valve stem cap from thetire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarely ontothe valve stem. Do not press too hard orforce the valve stem sideways, or air willescape. If the hissing sound of airescaping from the tire is heard whilechecking the pressure, reposition thegauge to eliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gaugestem and compare it to the specifica-

tion shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the core of thevalve stem briefly with the tip of thegauge stem to release pressure. Re-check the pressure and add or releaseair as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all other tires,including the spare.

NOTE:. You can check the pressure of all

four tires on the multi functiondisplay. See the separate MultiFunction Display Owner’s Manual.

. The tires of this vehicle are filledwith nitrogen gas. When the tirepressure is low, fill the tires withnitrogen. Contact a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer for information onfilling the tires with nitrogen.

. If nitrogen is not available, com-pressed air may be safely usedunder normal driving conditions.However, NISSAN recommends re-filling with nitrogen for maximum

tire performance.

Summer tires:

SIZECOLD TIREINFLATIONPRESSURE

FRONTORIGINAL

TIRE

255/40ZR-F20 (97Y)

29 PSI(200 kPa)

REARORIGINAL

TIRE

285/35ZR-F20 (100Y)

29 PSI(200 kPa)

All-season tires:

SIZECOLD TIREINFLATIONPRESSURE

FRONTORIGINAL

TIRE

255/40R-F20 97W

29 PSI(200 kPa)

REARORIGINAL

TIRE

285/35R-F20 100W

29 PSI(200 kPa)

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-31

Page 281: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (278,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Example

TIRE LABELING

Federal law requires tire manufacturers toplace standardized information on the side-wall of all tires. This information identifiesand describes the fundamental character-istics of the tire and also provides the tireidentification number (TIN) for safety stan-dard certification. The TIN can be used toidentify the tire in case of a recall.

Example

*1 Tire size (example: P215/65R1595H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is designedfor passenger vehicles. (Not all tireshave this information.)

2. Three-digit number (215): This numbergives the width in millimeters of the tirefrom sidewall edge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (65): This number,known as the aspect ratio, gives thetire’s ratio of height to width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (15): This number isthe wheel or rim diameter in inches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (95): Thisnumber is the tire’s load index. It is ameasurement of how much weight eachtire can support. You may not find thisinformation on all tires because it is notrequired by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You should notdrive the vehicle faster than the tirespeed rating.

8-32 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Page 282: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (279,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Example

*2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for anew tire (example: DOT XX XX XXXXXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Departmentof Transportation”. The symbol can beplaced above, below or to the left orright of the Tire Identification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s identifi-cation mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Op-tional)

5. Three-digit code: Date of Manufacture

6. Four numbers represent the week andyear the tire was built. For example, thenumbers 3103 means the 31st week of2003. If these numbers are missing,then look on the other sidewall of thetire.

*3 Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire.Tire manufacturers also must indicatethe materials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.

*4 Maximum permissible inflation pres-sureThis number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure.

*5 Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installed

tire.

*6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”Indicates whether the tire requires aninner tube (“tube type”) or not(“tubeless”).

*7 The word “radial”The word “radial” is shown, if the tirehas radial structure.

*8 Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or brand name isshown.

Other tire-related terminology:

In addition to the many terms that aredefined throughout this section, IntendedOutboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall thatcontains a whitewall, bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand and/or modelname molding that is higher or deeper thanthe same molding on the other sidewall ofthe tire, or (2) the outward facing sidewallof an asymmetrical tire that has a particularside that must always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-33

Page 283: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (280,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

. When changing or replacing tires,be sure all four tires are of the sametype (Examples: Summer or AllSeason) and construction. A GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer may be ableto help you with information abouttire type, size, speed rating andavailability.

. Replacing tires with those not ori-ginally specified by NISSAN couldaffect the proper operation of theTPMS.

. For additional information regard-ing tires, refer to “Important TireSafety Information” (US) or “TireSafety Information” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Booklet.

All-season tiresNISSAN specifies all-season tires on somemodels to provide good performance for useall year around, including snowy and icy roadconditions. All-season tires are identified by ALLSEASON on the tire sidewall.

Summer tiresThe GT-R summer tires are made from aspecially formulated rubber to maximize thevehicle’s performance capabilities. Performanceof summer tires is substantially reduced whentemperatures are less than 328F (08C) so youmust drive carefully. NISSAN recommends theuse of winter or all-season tires on all fourwheels if you plan to operate your vehicle insnowy or icy conditions when temperatures areless than 328F (08C).

WARNING

Never use summer tires when thetemperature is below −48F (−208C) toprevent permanent tread deformationwhich may cause tire damage or tirefailure. This may cause a loss of vehiclecontrol which can result in seriouspersonal injury or death.

Run-flat tiresYour vehicle is equipped with run-flat tires. Youcan continue driving to a safe location even ifthey are punctured. Always use run-flat tires ofthe specified size on all four wheels. Mixing tiresizes or construction may reduce vehicle hand-ling stability. If necessary, contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer for assistance.

Frequently check the tire pressure informationdisplay on the monitor screen and adjustpressure of each tire properly. See the separateMulti Function Display Owner’s Manual.

It can be difficult to tell if a run-flat tire is under-inflated or flat. Check the tire pressures asdescribed earlier in this section. If the tirebecomes under-inflated while driving, the lowtire pressure warning light will come on. If thetire becomes flat while driving, the low tirepressure warning light and the run-flat tirewarning display will come on.

Low tire pressure:If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the low tire pressure warning light willilluminate.

Flat tire:If the vehicle is being driven with one or more flattires, the run-flat tire warning display will appearcontinuously on the vehicle information displayand a chime will sound for 10 seconds.

The chime will only sound at the first indicationof a flat tire and the run-flat tire warning displaywill illuminate continuously. When the flat tirewarning is activated, have the system reset andthe tire checked and replaced if necessary by aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer. Even if the tire isinflated to the specified COLD tire pressure, thewarning light will continue to illuminate until thesystem is reset by a GT-R certified NISSAN

8-34 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Page 284: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (281,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

dealer.

If the low tire pressure and the run-flat tirewarning appears on the vehicle informationdisplay:

. Do not exceed 50 MPH (80 km/h).

. Increase your following distance to allow forincreased stopping distances.

. Avoid sudden maneuvers, hard corneringand hard braking.

WARNING

. Although you can continue drivingwith a punctured run-flat tire, re-member that vehicle handling sta-bility is reduced, which could lead toan accident and personal injury.Also, driving a long distance at highspeeds may damage the tire.

. Do not drive at speeds above 50MPH (80 km/h) and do not drivemore than 50 miles (80 km) with apunctured run-flat tire. The actualdistance the vehicle can be drivenon a flat tire depends on outsidetemperature, vehicle load, road con-ditions and other factors.

. Drive safely at reduced speeds.

Avoid hard cornering or braking,which may cause you to lose controlof the vehicle.

NOTICE

. Never install tire chains on a punc-tured run-flat tire, as this coulddamage your vehicle.

. Avoid driving over any projection orpothole, as the clearance betweenthe vehicle and the ground is smal-ler than normal.

. Do not enter an automated car washwith a punctured run-flat tire.

. Have the punctured tire replaced bya GT-R certified NISSAN dealer assoon as possible, as the tire’sperformance capability is reduced.

Tires for All-Wheel Drive (AWD)If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replaced with tiresof the specified size, brand, construction andtread pattern. The tire pressure and wheelalignment should also be checked and cor-rected as necessary. Contact a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

TIRE CHAINS

Use of tire chains may be prohibited accordingto location. Check the local laws before instal-ling tire chains. When installing tire chains, makesure they are of proper size for the tires on yourvehicle and are installed according to the chainmanufacturer instructions. Use only SAE classS chains. Class “S” chains are used on vehicleswith restricted tire to vehicle clearance. Vehiclesthat can use Class “S” chains are designed tomeet the SAE standard minimum clearancesbetween the tire and the closest vehiclesuspension or body component required toaccommodate the use of a winter traction device(tire chains or cables). The minimum clearancesare determined using the factory equipped tiresize. Other types may damage your vehicle. Usechain tensioners when recommended by the tirechain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Looseend links of the tire chain must be secured orremoved to prevent the possibility of whippingaction damage to the fenders or undercarriage.If possible, avoid fully loading your vehicle whenusing tire chains. In addition, drive at a reducedspeed. Otherwise, your vehicle may be da-maged and/or vehicle handling and performancemay be adversely affected.

NOTE:Tire chains must be installed only on therear wheels and not on the front wheels.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-35

Page 285: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (282,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

CAUTION

Do not use tire chains on dry roads.

NOTICE

Never install tire chains on a puncturedrun-flat tire, as this could damage yourvehicle.

Do not drive with tire chains on paved roads thatare clear of snow. Driving with chains in suchconditions can cause damage to the variousmechanisms of the vehicle due to someoverstress.

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotationTires cannot be rotated because yourvehicle is equipped with different sizedtires in the front and rear.

1. Wear indicator

2. Location mark

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

. Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bul-ging or objects caught in thetread. If excessive wear, cracks,bulging or deep cuts are found,the tire(s) should be replaced.

. The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. When thewear indicators are visible, the

tire(s) should be replaced.

. Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, over 6 years oldchecked by a qualified techni-cian because some tire damagemay not be obvious. Replace thetires as necessary to prevent tirefailure and possible personalinjury.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-da) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

Replacing wheels and tiresWhen tire replacement is required, replacingtires as a set of four with new tires isrecommended. However, if a tire is puncturedor damaged, it may be possible to replace onlythe damaged tire. Determining whether one tireor a complete set of tires should be replaced isbased on a number of factors including tire wearand condition. Contact your GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer. They can recommend if anindividual tire or a complete set should bereplaced.

When replacing a tire, use the specified size,

8-36 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Page 286: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (283,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

speed rating and load carrying capacity asoriginally equipped. ( “WHEELS ANDTIRES” page 9-7)

WARNING

. The use of tires other than thosespecified or the mixed use of tires ofdifferent brands, construction (bias,bias-belted, radial or run-flat), ortread patterns can adversely affectthe ride, braking, VDC system, hand-ling, ground clearance, body-to-tireclearance, tire chain clearance,speedometer calibration, headlightaim and bumper height. Some ofthese effects may lead to accidentsand could result in serious personalinjury.

. If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace with wheelswhich have the same off-set dimen-sion. Wheels of a different off-setcould cause premature tire wear,degrade vehicle handling character-istics, affect the VDC system and/orcause interference with the brakediscs. Such interference can lead todecreased braking efficiency and/orearly brake pad wear.

( “WHEELS AND TIRES” page9-7)

. When a wheel is replaced, tirepressure will not be indicated, theTPMS will not function and the lowtire pressure warning light will flashfor approximately 1 minute andremain on after the 1 minute. Con-tact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealeras soon as possible for tire replace-ment and/or system resetting.

. Replacing tires with those not ori-ginally specified by NISSAN couldaffect the proper operation of theTPMS.

. Do not install a damaged or de-formed wheel or tire even if it hasbeen repaired. Such wheels or tirescould have structural damage andcould fail without warning.

. Never use retread tires.

. For additional information regard-ing tires, refer to “Important TireSafety Information” (US) or “TireSafety Information” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Booklet.

. Always use tires of the specifiedtype, size, brand, construction (bias,

bias-belted, radial or run-flat), andtread pattern on all four wheels.Failure to do so may result in acircumference difference betweentires on the front and rear axleswhich will cause excessive tire wearand may damage the transmission,transfer case and differential gears.

Wheel balanceUnbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handlingand tire life. Even with regular use, wheels canget out of balance. Therefore, they should bebalanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be performedwith the wheels off the vehicle. Spin balancingthe rear wheels on the vehicle could lead tomechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires, referto “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

Care of wheels. Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle

to maintain their appearance.

. Clean the inner side of the wheels when thewheel is changed or the underside of thevehicle is washed.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-37

Page 287: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (284,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

. Do not use abrasive cleaners when washingthe wheels.

. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause loss ofpressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

. NISSAN recommends that the side walls ofroad wheels be waxed to protect againstroad salt in areas where it is used duringwinter.

JACKING VEHICLE AND REMOVINGWHEELS

WARNING

. Make sure the parking brake issecurely applied and the transmis-sion is shifted into the &P position.

. Never change tires when the vehicleis on a slope, ice or slippery areas.This is hazardous.

. Never change tires if oncomingtraffic is close to your vehicle. Waitfor professional road assistance.

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks *1 at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite the flattire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it isjacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as thevehicle may move and result in personalinjury.

Getting the tools

NOTE:A jack, jack lever and rod are not equippedas standard with this vehicle. These partsare dealer options. Contact a GT-R certi-fied NISSAN dealer about acquiring a jack,jack lever and rod. You can store a jack,jack lever and rod in the floor in front ofthe passenger’s seat.

CAUTION

After using the tools, put them back intheir original places. An accident mayoccur if you leave them in the car

8-38 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Page 288: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (285,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

unsecured. Jacking up the vehicle and removingthe tire

WARNING

. Never get under the vehicle while itis supported only by the jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Use the correct jack-up points.Never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

. Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

. Never use blocks on or under thejack.

. Do not start or run the engine whilevehicle is on the jack, as it maycause the vehicle to move. This isespecially true for vehicles withlimited slip differentials.

. Do not allow passengers to stay inthe vehicle while it is on the jack.

Carefully read the caution label attachedto the jack body and the following instruc-tions.

Jack-up point

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated so the top of the jackcontacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.The jack should be used on level firmground.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-39

Page 289: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (286,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

2. Fit the jack head into the dent *A of thejack-up point by turning the jackscrewclockwise with your fingers.

3. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns byturning counterclockwise with the wheel nutwrench. Do not remove the wheel nutsuntil the tire is off the ground.

4. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clearsthe ground. To lift the vehicle, securely holdthe jack lever and rod with both hands asshown above.

8-40 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Page 290: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (287,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

5. Remove the wheel nuts and then remove thewheel.

NOTE:When putting a wheel on the ground, put itdown with the outer side of the wheelfacing up to prevent scratching of thewheel surface.

6. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the brake disc rotor*1 and wheel*2 .

7. Tighten the wheel nuts by hand by turningthem clockwise until the tapered part*A ofeach nut lightly contacts the seat part*B ofthe wheel hole.

When replacing a front wheel, make sure thehole in the wheel is aligned with the pin onthe brake disc rotor.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-41

Page 291: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (288,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

8. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheelnuts alternately and evenly in the sequenceas illustrated (*1 , *2 , *3 , *4 , *5 ) untilthey are tight.

9. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the wheelnut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securelyin the sequence as illustrated. Lower thevehicle completely.

WARNING

. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

. Do not use oil or grease on thewheel studs or nuts. This couldcause the nuts to become loose.

. Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600miles (1,000 km).

WARNING

If the road wheels are hot, allow themto cool sufficiently before tighteningthe wheel nuts. Otherwise, the wheelnuts cannot be tightened to specifica-tion.

NOTE:. As soon as possible, tighten the wheel

nuts to the specified torque with atorque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:97 ft-lb (132 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightenedto specification at all times. It isrecommended that wheel nuts be tigh-tened to specifications at each lubrica-tion interval.

. Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pres-sure.

COLD pressure: After the vehicle hasbeen parked for three hours or more ordriven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on theTire and Loading Information labelaffixed to the driver’s door opening.

10. Securely store the jacking equipment in thevehicle.

8-42 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Page 292: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (289,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

MEMO

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-43

Page 293: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (290,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

MEMO

8-44 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Page 294: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (31,1)

9 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricantrecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

When traveling or registering your vehicle in anothercountry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Vehicle identification number (chassis number). . . . . . 9-8Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11

Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Loading tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14

Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14Traction AA, A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14Temperature A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14

Emission control system warranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test(US only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Event Data Recorders (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17Vehicle status data recorder (VSDR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17

Handling of data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information . . . 9-18

In the event of a collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18

Page 295: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (292,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedureinstructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate)Recommended specifications

US measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel 19-1/2 gal 16-1/4 gal 73.8 ( “FUEL RECOMMENDATION” page 9-3)

Engine oil*3

Mobil 1 (0W-40)*1Drain and refill

With oil filter change 5-3/4 qt 4-7/8 qt 5.5

Without oil filter change 5-1/4 qt 4-3/8 qt 5.0

Cooling systemWith reservoir 11-5/8 qt 9-5/8 qt 11.0

Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant or equivalent*6Reservoir 1-1/2 qt 1-1/4 qt 1.4

Transmission oil (Drain and refill)*8 10-1/4 qt 8-1/2 qt 9.7 Genuine NISSAN Transmission Oil R35 Special*2

Differential oil (Drain and refill)Front 1-3/8 pt 1-1/8 pt 0.65

Castrol SAF-XJ 75W-140*2Rear 3-1/4 pt 2-3/4 pt 1.55

Power steering fluid (PSF) Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent*5

Brake fluid Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special II*7

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*4

Air conditioning system lubricants — — —NISSAN UV Luminous OilType S or exact equivalent

Window washer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

*1: Mobil 1 (0W-40) (100% synthetic) is the factory fill oil. The VR38 engine with its plasma-sprayed bores was developed using this oil. NISSAN cannot ensure proper engine operation and durability if other 0W-40synthetic oil is used. If Mobil 1 (0W-40) is not available, Mobil 1 (10W-40) (100% synthetic) may be used; however, some performance loss may be noticed. For additional information, see the following section.( “ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION” page 9-4)

*2: The use of fluids and lubricants other than the specified may cause vehicle malfunctions and result in non-warranty vehicle repairs.*3: For additional information, see the following section. ( “ENGINE OIL” page 8-12)*4: For additional information, see the following section. ( “AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL” page 9-10)*5: DEXRONTMVI type ATF or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid may also be used.*6: For additional information, see the following section. ( “ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM” page 8-9)*7: Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special II is the factory fill brake fluid. The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) unit and other related parts were specially designed for this brake fluid and NISSAN cannot ensure the

best performance and proper operation of the vehicle if other brake fluid is used.*8: All of the fluid cannot be removed when servicing the transmission. The actual refill amount may be less than shown.

9-2 Technical and consumer information

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS

Page 296: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (293,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

VR38 engineUse unleaded premium gasoline with an octanerating of at least 93 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)number (Research octane number 98) to max-imize vehicle performance.

If the premium gasoline specified above is notavailable, you may use unleaded premium gaso-line with an octane rating of at least 91 AKInumber (Research octane number 96), but youmay notice a decrease in performance.

Do not use gasoline with an octane rating lowerthan 91 AKI (Research octane number 96).

NOTICE

. Using a fuel other than that speci-fied could adversely affect the emis-sion control system, and may alsoaffect warranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, becausethis will damage the three-way cat-alyst.

. Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle.Your vehicle is not designed to runon E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel candamage the fuel system compo-nents. See the 2010 NISSAN GT-R

Warranty Information Booklet fordetails and exclusions.

Gasoline specificationsNISSAN recommends using gasoline that meetsthe World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) speci-fications where it is available. Many of theautomobile manufacturers developed this spe-cification to improve emission system andvehicle performance. Ask your service stationmanager if the gasoline meets the World-WideFuel Charter (WWFC) specifications.

Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producing refor-mulated gasolines. These gasolines are speciallydesigned to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSANsupports efforts towards cleaner air and sug-gests that you use reformulated gasoline whenavailable.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and metha-nol with or without advertising their presence.NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuelsof which the oxygenate content and the fuelcompatibility for your NISSAN cannot be readilydetermined. If in doubt, ask your service stationmanager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please take

the following precautions as the usage of suchfuels may cause vehicle performance problemsand/or fuel system damage.

. The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.

. If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it shouldcontain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

. If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol and wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitable amountof appropriate cosolvents and corro-sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-lated with the appropriate cosolventsand corrosion inhibitors, such metha-nol blends may cause fuel systemdamage and/or vehicle performancemalfunctions. At this time, sufficientdata is not available to ensure that allmethanol blends are suitable for use inNISSAN vehicles.

If any undesirable driveability problems such asengine stalling or hard hot starting are experi-enced after using oxygenate-blend fuels, im-mediately change to a non-oxygenate fuel or afuel with a low blend of MTBE.

Technical and consumer information 9-3

Page 297: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (294,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

NOTICE

Take care not to spill gasoline duringrefueling. Gasoline containing oxyge-nates can cause paint damage.

E-85 fuelE-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85% fuelethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 canonly be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Donot use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. U.S. govern-ment regulations require fuel ethanol dispensingpumps to be identified by a small, square,orange and black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate percentage forthat region.

Aftermarket fuel additives

NOTICE

NISSAN does not recommend the useof any aftermarket fuel additives (Ex-ample: fuel injector cleaner, intakevalve deposit removers, etc.) which aresold commercially. Many of these ad-ditives intended for gum, varnish ordeposit removal may contain activesolvent or similar ingredients that canbe harmful to the fuel system andengine.

Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended above cancause persistent, heavy spark knock.(Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise.)If severe, this can lead to engine damage.If you detect a persistent heavy sparkknock even when using gasoline of thestated octane rating, or if you hear steadyspark knock while holding a steady speedon level roads, have a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer correct the condition. Fail-ure to correct the condition is misuse ofthe vehicle, for which NISSAN is notresponsible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking,after-run or overheating. This in turn may causeexcessive fuel consumption or damage to theengine. If any of the above symptoms areencountered, have your vehicle checked at aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer or other compe-tent service facility.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is nocause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE-COMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oilIt is essential to choose the correct grade,quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance.( “CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS” page 9-2)

Mobil 1 (0W-40) (100% synthetic) is the factoryfill oil. The VR38 engine with its plasma-sprayedbores was developed using this oil. NISSANcannot ensure proper engine operation anddurability if other 0W-40 synthetic oil is used.If Mobil 1 (0W-40) is not available, Mobil 1(10W-40) (100% synthetic) may be used;however, some performance loss may benoticed.

NOTICE

Using an engine oil other than thatspecified could adversely affect theengine. See the 2010 NISSAN GT-RWarranty Information Booklet for de-tails and exclusions.

Oil additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is used andmaintenance intervals are followed.

9-4 Technical and consumer information

Page 298: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (295,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Oil which may contain foreign matter or hasbeen previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it is importantthat the engine oil viscosity be selected basedon the temperatures at which the vehicle will beoperated before the next oil change. Choosingan oil viscosity other than that recommendedcould cause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new vehicle is equipped with a high-qualitygenuine NISSAN oil filter. NISSAN recommendsto use the genuine NISSAN oil filter for thereason described in change intervals.

Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Oil and filter other than thespecified quality, or oil and filter change intervalslonger than recommended could reduce enginelife. Damage to engines caused by impropermaintenance or use of incorrect oil and filterquality and/or viscosity is not covered by thenew NISSAN vehicle limited warranties.

Your engine was filled with a high quality engineoil when it was built. You do not have to changethe oil before the first recommended changeinterval. Oil and filter change intervals depend

upon how you use your vehicle. Operation underthe following conditions may require morefrequent oil and filter changes.

. repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures

. driving in dusty conditions

. extensive idling

. stop and go “rush hour” traffic

Refer to the “NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide” for the maintenance schedule.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE-FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE-COMMENDATIONS

The air conditioning system in yourNISSAN vehicle must be charged with therefrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) and thelubricant, NISSAN UV Luminous Oil TypeS or the exact equivalents.

NOTICE

The use of any other refrigerant orlubricant will cause severe damage tothe air conditioning system and willrequire the replacement of all air con-ditioner system components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in your

NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth’s ozonelayer. Although this refrigerant does not affectthe earth’s atmosphere, certain governmentalregulations require the recovery and recycling ofany refrigerant during automotive air condition-ing system service. Your GT-R certified NISSANdealer has the trained technicians and equip-ment needed to recover and recycle your airconditioning system refrigerant.

Contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer whenservicing your air conditioning system.

Technical and consumer information 9-5

Page 299: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (296,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

ENGINE

Model VR38

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-slanted at 608

Bore 6 Stroke in (mm) 3.760 6 3.480 (95.5 6 88.4)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 231.83 (3,799)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6

Idle speed rpmNo adjustment is necessary.

Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

Spark plug Standard DILKAR8A8

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.031 (0.8)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

9-6 Technical and consumer information

SPECIFICATIONS

Page 300: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (297,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

WHEELS AND TIRES

Road wheel

Type Size Offset in (mm)

AluminumFront: 20 6 9-1/2J 1.77 (45)

Rear: 20 6 10-1/2J 0.98 (25)

Tire

Type Size Pressure PSI (kPa) [Cold]

SummerFront: 255/40ZRF20 (97Y)

29 (200)Rear: 285/35ZRF20 (100Y)

All-seasonFront: 255/40RF20 97W

29 (200)Rear: 285/35RF20 100W

Make sure to use the specific tires for GT-R. See the 2010 Warranty Information Booklet for theapplicable exclusions. Refer to the following table for the details of applicable tires.

Summer tire All-season tire Winter tire

BRIDGESTONEPOTENZA RE070R

DUNLOP SP SPORT600 DSST

DUNLOP SPSPORT 7010

BRIDGESTONEBLIZZAK LM-25

**

*: If so equippedContact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer to see if available.: Applicable as a standard or option (covered by warranty)

*: Suitable (covered by warranty)

DIMENSIONS

in (mm)

Overall length 183.1 (4,650)

Overall width 74.9 (1,902)

Overall height 54.0 (1,372)

Front tread 62.6 (1,590)

Rear tread 63.0 (1,600)

Wheelbase 109.4 (2,780)

Technical and consumer information 9-7

Page 301: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (298,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

If you plan to travel in another country, youshould first find out if the fuel available is suitablefor your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with too low an octane rating maycause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded gasoline.Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areaswhere appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specifications maydiffer.

When any vehicle is to be taken intoanother country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, transpor-tation, and registration are the responsi-bility of the user. NISSAN is notresponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATE

The vehicle identification number plate is at-tached as shown. This number is the identifica-tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicleregistration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(chassis number)

The number is stamped as shown in the enginecompartment.

9-8 Technical and consumer information

WHEN TRAVELING ORREGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE INANOTHER COUNTRY VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

Page 302: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (299,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

The number is stamped on the engine as shown.

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICA-TION LABEL

The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certificationlabel is affixed as shown. This label containsvaluable vehicle information, such as: GrossVehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR), Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR), month and year ofmanufacture, Vehicle Identification Number(VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMA-TION LABEL

The emission control information label is at-tached as shown.

Technical and consumer information 9-9

Page 303: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (300,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABEL

The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire andLoading Information label affixed to the door endas illustrated.

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABEL

The air conditioner specification label is at-tached as shown.

Make sure that the two POP® nuts as illustratedare enclosed in the plastic bag. They are usedfor front license plate installation.

To install the front license plate to your vehicle,contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

9-10 Technical and consumer information

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE

Page 304: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (301,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

WARNING

. It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area inside the vehi-cle. In a collision, people ridingin these areas are more likely tobe seriously injured or killed.

. Do not allow people to ride inany area of vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts.

. Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourself with thefollowing terms before loading your vehicle:

. Curb Weight (actual weight of yourvehicle) - vehicle weight including:standard and optional equipment, fluidsor emergency tools. This weight doesnot include passengers and cargo.

. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weight ofpassengers and cargo.

. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)- maximum total combined weight of theunloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,hitch, trailer tongue load and any otheroptional equipment. This information islocated on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.label.

. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limit specifiedfor the front or rear axle. This informa-tion is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rat-ing) - The maximum total weight ratingof the vehicle, passengers, cargo, andtrailer.

. Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,Total load capacity - maximum totalweight limit specified of the load(passengers and cargo) for the vehicle.This is the maximum combined weightof occupants and cargo that can beloaded into the vehicle. If the vehicle isused to tow a trailer, the trailer tongueweight must be included as part of thecargo load. This information is locatedon the Tire and Loading Informationlabel.

. Cargo capacity - permissible weight ofcargo, the weight of total occupantsweight subtracted from the load limit.

Technical and consumer information 9-11

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION

Page 305: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (302,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicleshown as “The combined weight of occu-pants and cargo” on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. Do not exceed thenumber of occupants shown as “SeatingCapacity” on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label.

To get “the combined weight of occupantsand cargo”, add the weight of all occu-pants, then add the total luggage weight.Examples are shown in the illustration.

Steps for determining correct loadlimit1. Locate the statement “The combined

weight of occupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” onyour vehicle’s placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of thedriver and passengers that will be ridingin your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals the available

amount of cargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the XXXamount equals 1400 lbs. and there willbe five 150 lb. passengers in yourvehicle, the amount of available cargoand luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.(1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs) or640 − 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,load from your trailer will be transferredto your vehicle. Consult this manual todetermine how this reduces the avail-able cargo and luggage load capacityof your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirmthat you do not exceed the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle.( “MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS” page9-13)

Also check tires for proper inflation pres-sures. See the Tire and Loading Information

9-12 Technical and consumer information

Page 306: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (303,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

label.

LOADING TIPS

. The GVW must not exceed GVWR orGAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

. Do not load the front and rear axle tothe GAWR. Doing so will exceed theGVWR.

WARNING

. Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shift-ing. Do not place cargo higherthan the seatbacks. In a suddenstop or collision, unsecured car-go could cause personal injury.

. Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts of yourvehicle can break, tire damagecould occur, or it can change theway your vehicle handles. Thiscould result in loss of controland cause personal injury.

. Overloading could not onlyshorten the life of your vehicle

and the tires, but also could leadto hazardous vehicle handlingand long braking distance. Thismay cause a premature tiremalfunction, which could resultin a serious accident and perso-nal injury. Repairs due to over-loading the vehicle are notcovered by the vehicle’s war-ranty. (See the 2010 NISSANGT-R Warranty InformationBooklet.)

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS

Secure loose items to prevent weight shiftsthat could affect the balance of yourvehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, driveto a scale and weigh the front and the rearwheels separately to determine axle loads.Individual axle loads should not exceedeither of the gross axle weight ratings(GAWR). The total of the axle loads shouldnot exceed the gross vehicle weight rating(GVWR). These ratings are given on thevehicle certification label. If weight ratingsare exceeded, move or remove items tobring all weights below the ratings.

Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle.

Technical and consumer information 9-13

TOWING A TRAILER

Page 307: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (304,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on theground is sometimes called flat towing. Thismethod is sometimes used when towing avehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as amotor home.

DO NOT tow the GT-R with all four wheels onthe ground (flat towing). Doing so WILLDAMAGE internal transmission parts. Tow theGT-R with all four wheels off the ground.( “TOWING YOUR VEHICLE” page 6-7)

DOT (Department Of Transportation) QualityGrades: All passenger car tires must conform tofederal safety requirements in addition to thesegrades.

Quality grades can be found where applicableon the tire sidewall between tread shoulder andmaximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

TREADWEAR

The treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specifiedgovernment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one and one-half (11/2) times as well on the government course asa tire graded 100. The relative performance oftires depends upon actual conditions of theiruse, however, and may depart significantly fromthe norm due to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in road char-acteristics and climate.

TRACTION AA, A, B AND C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B and C. Those grades represent thetire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions on spe-cified government test surfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tireis based on straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

TEMPERATURE A, B AND C

The temperature grades A (the highest), B, andC, representing the tire’s resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipateheat when tested under controlled conditions ona specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sus-tained high temperature can cause the materialof the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead to sudden tirefailure. The grade C corresponds to a level ofperformance which all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, under-inflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or in combi-

9-14 Technical and consumer information

FLAT TOWING UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

Page 308: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (305,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

nation, can cause heat build-up andpossible tire failure.

Your NISSAN is covered by specific emissionwarranties:

For the United States, see the 2010 NISSANGT-R Warranty Information Booklet.

For Canada, see the Warranty and RoadsideAssistance Information Booklet.

If you did not receive a Warranty InformationBooklet (Warranty and Roadside AssistanceInformation (Canada only)), or it has becomelost, you may obtain a replacement by writing to:

. NISSAN DivisionNISSAN North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

. NISSAN Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario,L4W 4Z5

If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform the National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in addition tonotifying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-come involved in individual problems be-tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Ad-ministrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street,SW., Washington DC 20590. You can alsoobtain other information about motor vehi-cle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

You may notify NISSAN by contacting ourConsumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at1-866-668-1GTR (1-866-668-1487).

Technical and consumer information 9-15

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (USonly)

Page 309: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (306,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive (AWD)should never be tested using a two wheeldynamometer (such as the dynamometers usedby some states for emissions testing), or similarequipment. Make sure you inform test facilitypersonnel that your vehicle is equipped withAWD before it is placed on a dynamometer.Using the wrong test equipment may result intransmission damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in serious vehicledamage or personal injury.

Due to legal requirements in some states/ areas,your vehicle may be required to be in what iscalled the “ready condition” for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emission controlsystem.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” whenit is driven through certain driving patterns.Usually, the “ready condition” can be obtainedby ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repaired orthe battery is disconnected, the vehicle may bereset to a “not ready condition”. Before takingthe I/M test, check the vehicle’s inspection/maintenance test readiness condition. Push theignition switch to the ON position withoutstarting the engine. If the Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL) comes on steady for 20 seconds andthen blinks for 10 seconds, the I/M testcondition is “not ready”. If the MIL does not

blink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condition is“ready”.

If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a “not ready”condition, drive the vehicle through the followingpattern to set the vehicle to the “ready condi-tion”. If you cannot or do not want to perform thedriving pattern, a GT-R certified NISSAN dealercan conduct it for you.

WARNING

Always drive the vehicle in a safe andprudent manner according to trafficconditions and obey all traffic laws.

1. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idleuntil the engine coolant temperature gaugeneedle points between the C and H (normaloperating temperature).

2. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88km/h), then quickly release the acceleratorpedal completely and keep it released for atleast 10 seconds.

3. Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for amoment, then drive the vehicle at a speed of53 to 60 MPH (86 to 96 km/h) for at least 9minutes.

4. Stop the vehicle. Leave the engine running.

5. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH (55 km/h)

and maintain the speed for 20 seconds.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 10 times.

7. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88 km/h)and maintain the speed for at least 3minutes.

8. Stop the vehicle. Place the shift lever in the&P position.

9. Turn the engine off.

10. Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one moretime.

If step 1 through 7 is interrupted, repeat thepreceding step. Any safe driving mode isacceptable between steps. Do not stop theengine until step 7 is completed.

9-16 Technical and consumer information

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST (US only)

Page 310: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (307,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

This vehicle is equipped with an Event DataRecorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR isto record, in certain crash or near crash-likesituations, such as an air bag deployment orhitting a road obstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’s systems per-formed. The EDR is designed to record datarelated to vehicle dynamics and safety systemsfor a short period of time, typically 30 secondsor less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in your vehicle wereoperating;

. Whether or not the driver and passengersafety belts were buckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver was depressingthe accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

. Sounds are not recorded.

These data can help provide a better under-standing of the circumstances in which crashesand injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data arerecorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivialcrash situation occurs; no data are recorded bythe EDR under normal driving conditions and nopersonal data (e.g. name, gender, age and crashlocation) are recorded. However, other parties,such as law enforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type of personally identifying

data routinely acquired during a crash investiga-tion.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required and access to the vehicleor the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer and NISSAN dealer, other parties,such as law enforcement, that have the specialequipment, can read the information if they haveaccess to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data willonly be accessed with the consent of the vehicleowner or lessee or as otherwise required orpermitted by law.

The Vehicle Status Data Recorder (VSDR) isdifferent from the Event Data Recorder de-scribed in “Event Data Recorder” in this section.The VSDR is not a crash-activated device, but itrecords and accumulates vehicle data whiledriving.

Examples are:

. Vehicle operating information such as thewheel speeds of the front and rear wheels

. Engine control information such as theengine speed and boost pressure

The VSDR always records and stores vehicleoperating data between periodic inspections,which can assist and be used for servicing,diagnosing and performing warranty repairs.

The VSDR does not record sounds, conversa-tions or images.

HANDLING OF DATA

NISSAN and third parties affiliated with NISSANcan acquire and use the data recorded by theVSDR in order to confirm the part replacementhistory to improve the quality of NISSANvehicles.

With the exception of the following cases,neither NISSAN nor third parties affiliated withNISSAN, shall disclose or offer the acquireddata to other non-affiliated third parties.

Technical and consumer information 9-17

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)VEHICLE STATUS DATA RECORDER(VSDR)

Page 311: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (308,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

. With the agreement of the vehicle owner

. When legally required to, such as whenordered by a court of law, etc.

. When offering processed data so thatneither the vehicle owner nor the vehicle isidentified, to research centers for statisticalanalysis, etc.

A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information for yourvehicle. Filled with wiring diagrams, illustrationsand step-by-step diagnostic and adjustmentprocedures, this manual is the same one usedby the factory trained technicians working atNISSAN dealerships. Also available are genuineNISSAN Owner’s Manuals, and genuineNISSAN Service and Owner’s Manuals for olderNISSAN models.

For USA:

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 modelyear and later, contact:

1-800-450-9491www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 modelyear and prior, see a GT-R certified NISSANdealer, or contact:

1-800-247-5321

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Owner’s Manuals for this model yearand prior, see a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer,or contact:

1-800-247-5321

For Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSANService Manual or Owner’s Manual, pleasecontact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. Forthe phone number and location of a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer in your area call theNISSAN Information Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representativewill assist you.

Also available are Genuine NISSAN Service andOwner’s Manuals for older NISSAN models.

IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION

Unfortunately, accidents do occur. In thisunlikely event, there is some important informa-tion you should know. Many insurance compa-nies routinely authorize the use of non-genuinecollision parts in order to cut costs, among otherreasons.

9-18 Technical and consumer information

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION

Page 312: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (309,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Insist on the use of GenuineNISSAN Collision Parts!If you want your vehicle to be restored usingparts made to NISSAN’s original exactingspecifications — if you want to help it to lastand hold its resale value, the solution is simple.Tell your insurance agent and your repairshop to only use Genuine NISSAN Colli-sion Parts. NISSAN does not warrant non-NISSAN parts, nor does NISSAN’s warrantyapply to damage caused by a non-genuine part.

Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protectyour personal safety, preserve your warrantyprotection and maintain the resale value of yourvehicle. And if your vehicle was leased, usingGenuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limitunnecessary excess wear and tear expenses atthe end of your lease.

NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zonesto minimize the risk that the hood will penetratethe windshield of your vehicle in an accident.Non-genuine (imitation) parts may not providesuch built-in safeguards. Also, non-genuineparts often show premature wear, rust andcorrosion.

Why should you take a chance?In over 40 states, the law says you must beadvised if non-genuine parts are used to repairyour vehicle. And some states have enactedlaws that restrict insurance companies from

authorizing the use of non-genuine collisionparts during the new vehicle warranty. Theselaws help protect you, so you can take action toprotect yourself.

It’s your right!If you should need further information visit us at:

www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) orwww.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers).

Technical and consumer information 9-19

Page 313: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (310,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

MEMO

9-20 Technical and consumer information

Page 314: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (1,1)

10 Index

A

Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19Air conditioner

Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Air fresheners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35All-Wheel Drive driving safety precautions . . . . . . . . 5-7Aluminum alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Anti-freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44Anti-lock Braking System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41Anti-lock Braking System warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30Automatic

Automatic door lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Average fuel consumption and speed. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5AWD clutch high temperature warning . . . . . . . . . . 2-35AWD system characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37AWD system warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36AWD warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35

B

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44, 8-15Intelligent Key battery discharge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator . . . 2-42Intelligent Key battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Booster seat installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28

BrakeBrake assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14Brake pad wear warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21High performance brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21Low brake fluid warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Parking brake break-in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41Parking brake release warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Replacing the brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

Braking precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40Break-in schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34

C

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . 9-2Changing

Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Changing wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36

CheckingChecking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Checking engine oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Checking the tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31

Child restraint installation using LATCH. . . . . . . . . . 1-18Child restraint installation using the seatbelts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Cleaning interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Clearing the programmed information. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63Closing the fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18Coat hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44Console box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56Coolant

Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Corrosion protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14, 5-29Cruise control operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31Cruise control system warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Current fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

D

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Distance to empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Door pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Door/trunk open warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Drive belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Page 315: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (2,1)

10-2

Drive computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Driving

All-Wheel Drive driving safety precautions . . . . 5-7Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Dual clutch transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

E

Elapsed time and trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Emergency trunk lid release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Emission control system warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Checking engine oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Engine block heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45Engine compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-2, 8-12Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . . . . . . . 9-4Engine oil level display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Engine oil low pressure warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Engine start operation indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40Engine system warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32

Operating range for engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17Exhaust gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Explanation of maintenance items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Exterior and interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26

F

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Features of each mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24Flat tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Fluid

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14Fluid level check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Low brake fluid warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Low washer fluid warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag and roof-mountedcurtain side-impact supplemental air bagsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Front/rear tire size discrepancy warning . . . . . . . . . 2-35Fuel

Average fuel consumption and speed. . . . . . . . 2-15Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Closing the fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

Current fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Fuel recommendation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Fuel-filler door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Increasing fuel economy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35Low fuel warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Opening the fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22

G

GaugeEngine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2, 8-3Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Glove box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55GT-R special specification parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-2GT-R specific information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-2

H

Handling of data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Headlight

Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47

Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51High performance brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21Hill Start Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33HomeLink® Universal Transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Page 316: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (3,1)

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50How to switch the modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

I

If your vehicle is stolen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63If your vehicle overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Ignition switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Ignition switch positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9In the event of a collision. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18Increasing fuel economy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Indicators and display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Intelligent Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Intelligent Key battery discharge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator . . . . . . . 2-42Intelligent Key battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23Intelligent Key functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9Intelligent Key insertion indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Intelligent Key removal indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Interior light control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58

J

Jacking vehicle and removing wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-38Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4, 8-17

K

KeyIntelligent Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Intelligent Key battery discharge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator . . . 2-42Intelligent Key battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23Intelligent Key functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9Intelligent Key insertion indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Intelligent Key removal indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Locking with mechanical key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6No key warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39Remote keyless entry functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

L

LightAWD warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35Exterior and interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Interior light control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . 1-44Vanity mirror lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60Warning lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47

Limited Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37Loading tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13Lock

Anti-lock Braking System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41Anti-lock Braking System warning. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Automatic door lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Locking with mechanical key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Steering lock release malfunctionindicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41

Low brake fluid warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Low fuel warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Low tire pressure warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Low washer fluid warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38Lower anchors and tethers for childrensystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

M

MaintenanceExplanation of maintenance items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2, 8-3Maintenance information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-2Maintenance precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Maintenance requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Readiness for Inspection/Maintenancetest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Scheduled maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

10-3

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Page 317: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (4,1)

10-4

MirrorInside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28Vanity mirror lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60

Most common factors contributing to vehiclecorrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Multi Function Display Owner’s Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

N

NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43No key warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39

O

Odometer/twin trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Oil

Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Checking engine oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-2, 8-12Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . . . . . . . 9-4Engine oil level display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Engine oil low pressure warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Transmission oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-2, 8-13Transmission oil high temperaturewarning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33

Opening and closing the trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Opening the doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Opening the fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Operating range for engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Operating the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62Operation displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39Outside air temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Outside door handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Overheat

If your vehicle overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18

P

ParkingParking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Parking brake break-in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41Parking brake release warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Parking/parking on hills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23Power

Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Power outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56Trunk release power cancel switch. . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15All-Wheel Drive driving safety precautions . . . . 5-7Braking precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40Maintenance precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Precautions on booster seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28Precautions on child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Programming HomeLink® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62Programming trouble-diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Push-button ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8“PUSH” warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40

R

Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance test. . . . . . 9-16Rear window defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Remote keyless entry functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Removing spots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Removing the cowl top cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Repair and replacement procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45Replacing spark plugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18Replacing the brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21Replacing the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button . . . . 2-63Roadside assistance program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Run-flat tire warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Run-flat tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

S

SafetyAll-Wheel Drive driving safety precautions . . . . 5-7Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Page 318: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (5,1)

Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15Scheduled maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Seat

Booster seat installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28Child restraint installation using the seatbelts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag and roof-mounted curtainside-impact supplemental air bag system . . . 1-41Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System. . . . . . . . . . 1-37Precautions on booster seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6, 7-6Seat belts with pretensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43Seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Three-point type seat belt with retractor . . . . . 1-10

Seat beltChild restraint installation using the seatbelts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6, 7-6Seat belts with pretensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43Three-point type seat belt with retractor . . . . . 1-10

Security systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21Setting (drive computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Setting hazard indicator and horn mode . . . . . . . . . 3-13Shift “P” warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40

Shift lever position warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18Special winter equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Starting

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4, 8-17Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . 5-2Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

SteeringPower steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13Steering lock release malfunctionindicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Steering-wheel-mounted controls . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Tilt/telescopic steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54Supplemental air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32Switch

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48How to switch the modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Ignition switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Ignition switch positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Interior light control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Push-button ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Rear window defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Trunk lid release switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Trunk open request switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Trunk release power cancel switch. . . . . . . . . . . 3-20VDC, transmission and suspension setupswitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . 2-45

T

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Temperature A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Three-point type seat belt with retractor . . . . . . . . . 1-10Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Tight corner braking phenomenon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36Tilt/telescopic steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Tire

Changing wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36Checking the tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31Flat tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Front/rear tire size discrepancy warning . . . . . 2-35Low tire pressure warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Run-flat tire warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Run-flat tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Tire and loading information label . . . . . 8-30, 9-10Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44Tire labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28Tire Pressure Monitoring System . . . . . . . . . 5-3, 6-2Tire Pressure Monitoring System warning . . . 2-37Tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37

10-5

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Page 319: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (6,1)

10-6

Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28, 9-7

To protect your vehicle from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17Towing

Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14Towing a trailer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Towing your vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Traction AA, A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14Transmission

Dual clutch transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Transmission clutch high temperaturewarning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Transmission oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-2, 8-13Transmission oil high temperaturewarning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Transmission position indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Transmission system check display . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Transmission system warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33VDC, transmission and suspension setupswitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Trunk lid release switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Trunk open request switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Trunk release power cancel switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Turbocharger system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28Turning off the heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51Turning on the heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34

U

Underbody. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14Upshift indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Using the washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Using the wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45

V

Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28Vanity mirror lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60VDC, transmission and suspension setupswitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Vehicle Dynamic Control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42Vehicle Dynamic Control system warning. . . . . . . . 2-35Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Vehicle identification number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Vehicle Identification Number plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Vehicle information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Vehicle loading information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Vehicle recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Vehicle security system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Vehicle speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Vehicle status data recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17

W

Warning“PUSH” warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40Anti-lock Braking System warning. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34AWD clutch high temperature warning . . . . . . 2-35AWD system warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36AWD warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35Brake pad wear warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

Cruise control system warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Door/trunk open warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38Engine oil low pressure warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Engine system warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Front/rear tire size discrepancy warning . . . . . 2-35Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Low brake fluid warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Low fuel warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Low tire pressure warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Low washer fluid warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38No key warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39Parking brake release warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Run-flat tire warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Shift “P” warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40Shift lever position warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Supplemental air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . 1-44Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . 1-44Tire Pressure Monitoring System warning . . . 2-37Transmission clutch high temperaturewarning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Transmission oil high temperature warning . . 2-33Transmission system warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Vehicle Dynamic Control system warning. . . . 2-35Warning (drive computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Warning display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31Warning lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23

Warranty information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GTR-2Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Waxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28, 9-7When traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Page 320: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (7,1)

Where to go for service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19Wiper

Replacing the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20Using the wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . 2-45Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

X

Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47

10-7

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

Page 321: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (2,1)

Model "R35-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 11

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

VR38 engineUse unleaded premium gasoline with an octanerating of at least 93 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)number (Research octane number 98) to max-imize vehicle performance.

If the premium gasoline specified above is notavailable, you may use unleaded premium gaso-line with an octane rating of at least 91 AKInumber (Research octane number 96), but youmay notice a decrease in performance.

Do not use gasoline with a lower octane ratingthan 91 AKI (Research octane number 96).

NOTICE

. Using a fuel other than that speci-fied could adversely affect the emis-sion control systems, and may alsoaffect warranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since thiswill damage the three way catalyst.

. Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle.Your vehicle is not designed to runon E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel candamage the fuel system compo-nents. See the 2010 NISSAN GT-RWarranty Information Booklet for

details and exclusions.

For additional information, see the followingsection. ( “CAPACITIES AND RECOM-MENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS” page 9-2)

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION

Mobil 1 (0W-40) (100% synthetic) is the factoryfill oil. The VR38 engine with its plasma-sprayedbores was developed using this oil. NISSANcannot ensure proper engine operation anddurability if other 0W-40 synthetic oil is used.If Mobil 1 (0W-40) is not available, Mobil 1(10W-40) (100% synthetic) may be used;however, some performance loss may benoticed.

See the following section for engine oil and oilfilter recommendation. ( “CAPACITIESAND RECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS”page 9-2)

COLD TIRE PRESSURES

The label is typically located on the driver sidecenter pi l lar or on the driver’s door.( “WHEELS AND TIRES” page 8-28)

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCE-DURES RECOMMENDATION

Follow these recommendations for the futurereliability and economy of your new vehicle.

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of

vehicle use, follow the recommendations out-lined in this Owner’s Manual. ( “BREAK-INSCHEDULE” page 5-34)

GAS STATION INFORMATION

Page 322: 2010 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

March 2009

U.S.A